Trademark

Trade Mark filing strategy and autonomous sub-categories: Securing your specification and anticipating proof of use

GPG Promo Kit TRADEMARKS & COPYRIGHT 2026 X Post with Logo eg[78]

European and French case law now imposes a renewed discipline on trade mark filing. The days when a broad specification was enough to guarantee solid protection are over. Here is a breakdown of the key issues and best practices.

Why case law on sub-categories is changing the game

Filing a trade mark confers an exclusive right. But this right only exists in relation to the specific goods and services designated in the registration. In practice, the value of a trade mark depends as much on the sign itself as on the specification accompanying it.

For several years now, European and French case law has consistently reiterated a straightforward principle: a trade mark must not confer a purely theoretical monopoly over markets that its owner does not actually exploit. This requirement finds very concrete expression in the concept of autonomous sub-categories and in the strengthened control of genuine use.

This context is all the more significant as companies face an increase in oppositions, invalidity actions and counterclaims for revocation, especially where older trade mark portfolios cover very broad specifications.

The specification of goods and services: the trade mark’s true legal perimeter

For a long time, a “broad filing” approach prevailed. Applicants sometimes opted for generic wording or simply reproduced class headings, with the aim of maximising protection without having to anticipate in detail how the trade mark would be used.

Today, however, this strategy entails increased risk. Where a trade mark is registered for a broad category but is only used for part of that category, it may be partially revoked. Protection then remains only for the segments actually used, which can drastically reduce the scope of enforcement.

The legal framework: genuine use, revocation and the burden of proof

French law provides for revocation where a trade mark has not been put to genuine use for five consecutive years. The reference provision is Article L.714-5 of the French Intellectual Property Code, interpreted in line with the applicable European framework, in particular Article 18 of the EU Trade Mark Regulation (EUTMR).

One essential point for businesses: the burden of proof lies with the trade mark owner. In the event of a challenge, it is not for the third party to demonstrate non-use, but for the proprietor to prove genuine, relevant and dated use.

Furthermore, where the specification is broad and divisible, proof must be provided for the relevant sub-categories. This explains why certain portfolios, despite being intensively exploited, are nevertheless weakened.

Understanding autonomous sub-categories: a jurisprudential concept

The concept of an autonomous sub-category does not stem from any express statutory definition. It is a concept developed through case law to reflect economic reality: within a broad category, certain goods or services may form distinct, identifiable and coherent groups.

Case law focuses in particular on criteria relating to the purpose and intended use of the goods and services. What matters is the expected use by the public and the economic function of the product or service, rather than its formal classification.

In practice, an overarching category such as “transport”, “cosmetics” or “software” may cover very different realities. The court may therefore consider that such a category is divisible into autonomous sub-categories and require segmented proof of use.

The European “Ferrari” case law: balancing protection and proportionality

The Ferrari cases (C-720/18 and C-721/18) of 22 October 2020 clarified the CJEU’s reasoning on use in relation to specifications covering categories of varying breadth. The logic is structured around a practical distinction:

  • Where a trade mark covers a precise and indivisible category, use in relation to part of that category may be sufficient.
  • Conversely, where the category is broad and divisible, use must be proven for each identifiable autonomous sub-category.

This distinction is particularly useful when building a filing strategy. It prompts a simple question: will the category claimed be perceived tomorrow as a “homogeneous whole”, or as a set of distinct segments?

French case law: the Court of Cassation decisions of 14 May 2025

First decision (No. 23-21.296): taxi services and the “transport” category

In a first decision (Cass. com., 14 May 2025, No. 23-21.296), the French Court of Cassation provides a very concrete illustration of the requirement to segment goods and services into sub-categories. The trade marks at issue were registered for “transport” and “passenger transport” services. The proprietor demonstrated genuine use for taxi services, and the Court of Appeal had considered this sufficient.

The Court of Cassation adopted a more demanding approach. It criticised the lower court for failing to assess whether taxi services constituted an autonomous and coherent sub-category within the broader category of transport services. It recalled that such an assessment must be objective and based on the purpose and intended use of the services.

Second decision (No. 23-21.866): cosmetics and essential oils

The second decision rendered on the same day (Cass. com., 14 May 2025, No. 23-21.866) further confirms and refines this requirement. The trade mark was registered for several broad categories of goods, including cosmetics and essential oils. The proprietor relied on use relating to specific products such as textiles impregnated with active substances or composite products incorporating essential oils.

The Court of Cassation overturned the Court of Appeal’s reasoning, criticising it for failing to examine whether those products genuinely corresponded to the goods as registered or whether they constituted autonomous sub-categories requiring specific proof of use.

These decisions confirm that the French Supreme Court now requires a strict alignment between the evidence of use relied upon and the exact scope of the specification.

The court’s power to subdivide the specification

One of the key lessons from recent case law is that the court is not bound by the wording of the specification as drafted. Even if the applicant has not provided for any subdivision, the court may carry out an objective division into autonomous sub-categories where justified by the purpose and intended use of the goods or services.

This power has very tangible effects. A simple and overarching specification may, in litigation, be broken down into multiple segments. The proprietor then faces a heavier evidentiary burden than anticipated.

In practice, this mechanism makes the filing strategy inseparable from the evidentiary strategy. Filing broadly is not merely a legal decision; it is also a documentary, internal and operational decision.

Filing a trade mark: the right level of precision

An effective filing strategy is based on a careful balance. If the specification is too broad, the trade mark may be vulnerable to revocation. If it is too narrow, the trade mark may be insufficient to support commercial development or to act against close competitors.

The question is therefore not whether to file broadly or narrowly, but how to file intelligently, calibrating the specification so that it is both commercially useful and legally defensible in the long term.

Anticipating proof of use: an operational component of trade mark strategy

In practice, the most sensitive issue is proof of use. When a trade mark is challenged, the question is not merely to prove that it is used. It is necessary to prove that it is used for the goods and services covered by the registration, and sometimes for autonomous sub-categories identified in litigation.

For each plausible sub-category, it is recommended to gather specific and segmented evidence:

  • Invoices or order forms identifying the type of product or service, with dates and geographical areas.
  • Catalogues, brochures, commercial leaflets or archived web pages showing the trade mark associated with the relevant segment.
  • Targeted advertising campaigns, announcements or promotional materials, dated and linked to a specific product or service.
  • Internal reports by business segment, where their content can be produced and relied upon in litigation.
  • Relevant contracts, in particular licences, distribution, maintenance, or evidence showing exploitation by an authorised third party.

Each item of evidence should be preserved within a structured file: not as an undifferentiated mass of documents, but as an organised set by sub-category.

Use by subsidiaries, licensees or distributors

In many corporate groups, trade mark use may be carried out by subsidiaries, distributors or licensees. Case law, in line with Article 18(2) EUTMR, generally accepts that use by an authorised third party may be taken into account, provided that such use takes place with the proprietor’s consent.

This nevertheless requires contractual and documentary organisation. It must be possible to establish the existence of authorisation and to demonstrate the reality of exploitation under the trade mark.

Use in a modified form: securing trade mark variants

Companies rarely use a trade mark in a form identical to the registered version. European and French courts, in line with Article L.714-5(3) of the French Intellectual Property Code and Article 18 EUTMR, accept use in a modified form provided that the modification does not alter the distinctive character of the sign.

As part of a filing strategy, it may therefore be advisable to anticipate certain variants by filing the word trade mark alone or by securing the main versions actually used.

Sub-categories and litigation: impact on opposition, invalidity and competition

The issue of sub-categories is not limited to revocation. It also affects disputes relating to likelihood of confusion, as the similarity of goods and services is assessed with increasing granularity.

For businesses, the key takeaway is that filing strategy must now be read in mirror with litigation strategy. A well-filed trade mark is easier to defend, easier to enforce, and more dissuasive.

Conclusion – Filing today means preparing tomorrow’s defence

Case law on autonomous sub-categories imposes a new discipline in trade mark filing strategy. Filing can no longer be conceived as abstract protection disconnected from actual use. It must be calibrated according to real markets and the evidence the company will be able to produce.

In practice, an effective filing strategy combines three dimensions:

  • An intelligently structured specification.
  • Anticipation of possible segmentation.
  • Proactive organisation of evidence.

This approach transforms the trade mark into a genuinely defensible and sustainable asset, serving the company’s growth and legal security.


FAQ – Frequently Asked Questions on Sub-Categories and Proof of Use

What is an autonomous sub-category in trade mark law?
An autonomous sub-category is a coherent group of goods or services, identifiable within a broader category, based on its purpose and intended use. This concept, developed through European case law (notably the CJEU’s Ferrari rulings) and adopted by the French Court of Cassation, allows the court to segment a trade mark specification and verify that genuine use is demonstrated for each relevant segment.

What is the time limit for demonstrating genuine use of a trade mark in France?
Under Article L.714-5 of the French Intellectual Property Code, the trade mark owner must demonstrate genuine use within five years following registration. After this period, the mark is exposed to a revocation action if no genuine use can be proven.

Who bears the burden of proving use?
It is the trade mark owner who must prove genuine use when challenged, not the third party initiating the revocation action. This rule follows from the principle that it would be disproportionate to require the applicant to prove a negative fact (non-use).

My trade mark is used by a licensee: does that count as genuine use?
Yes, case law accepts that use by an authorised third party (licensee, subsidiary, distributor) may constitute genuine use, provided it takes place with the proprietor’s consent and the mark continues to fulfil its essential function of guaranteeing origin. However, this must be properly documented (licence agreement, distribution agreement, group policy).

Can I use my trade mark in a slightly different form from the registered version?
Yes, both French and European law accept use in a modified form, provided the modification does not alter the distinctive character of the sign. However, substantial visual or conceptual changes may prevent recognition of use of the registered mark. It may be prudent to also register the main variants in use.

How should I organise my proof of use in practice?
It is recommended to build a structured file for each sub-category of goods or services, including dated invoices, catalogues, advertising materials, website screenshots, internal reports by business segment, and licence or distribution agreements. Each item should be dated, geographically located, and linked to a specific product or service.

Is an overly broad specification automatically vulnerable?
Not necessarily, but the risks are increased. If the mark is registered for a broad and divisible category, the court may subdivide that category into autonomous sub-categories and require segmented proof of use. If the proprietor only exploits part of the category and cannot document use for the other segments, the mark may be partially revoked.

What is the difference between the Nice Classification and autonomous sub-categories?
The Nice Classification is an international administrative tool that organises goods and services into 45 classes. Autonomous sub-categories are a jurisprudential concept based on economic and functional logic. The French Court of Cassation has expressly stated that the Nice Classification is merely an indication and does not bind the court in its analysis of genuine use.


This article is based on the contribution of Dreyfus & Associés to the “Trade Marks & Copyright 2026” Practice Guide published by Chambers and Partners.

For any questions regarding your trade mark filing strategy or the organisation of your proof of use, contact us: contact@dreyfus.fr

Read More

Trademark protection in the digital age: key issues and best practices

In summary

  • Anticipate before harm occurs : register your key domain names, including variations, as soon as you file your trademark.
  • Monitor continuously: set up online monitoring for domain names, social networks, and marketplaces.
  • React quickly: have a clear plan, defined procedures, and expert support to contain damage effectively.

Dreyfus law firm supports businesses in securing their digital presence by combining legal strategy, technical governance, and proactive monitoring.

Introduction

In today’s digital world, visibility drives reputation and growth , but it also exposes trademarks to ever-increasing risks.

The thematic report published by the French IP Office (INPI) entitledTrademarks and online presence: effectively protecting against digital infringements” has highlighted the wide range of digital threats faced by trademark holders trademark: cybersquatting, typosquatting, phishing, spam, identity theft on social networks, and counterfeiting on marketplaces.

Yet, these attacks can be anticipated and managed effectively through a structured strategy.

With more than 20 years of experience in intellectual property, this article explores the key risks, preventive measures, and best practices for effective trademark protection.

Dreyfus law firm helps companies move from a reactive approach to a proactive and resilient trademark protection strategy.

The main risks for a trademark online

  • Cybersquatting: registration of a domain name identical or similar to a trademark, often to divert traffic or resell it at a high price.
  • Typosquatting: creation of domains with slight spelling variations (e.g., “goggle.com”) to deceive users and collect their data.
  • Phishing: fake websites or emails imitating a trademark to steal confidential information.
  • Spam: mass email campaigns using domain names resembling the trademark, damaging its image and deliverability.
  • Counterfeiting on marketplaces and social media: unauthorized products sold under the trademark’s identity.
  • Identity theft: fake social accounts created in the trademark’s name to mislead consumers.

These risks combined can erode consumer trust, damage SEO performance, and severely impact trademark reputation.

Prevention: anticipating the threats

Register strategic domain names

We recommend securing domain names at the same time as filing a trademark.

Best practices include:

  • registering major extensions (.com, .fr, .eu, etc.);
  • reserving orthographic or phonetic variants;
  • considering new relevant extensions (e.g., .shop, .tech).

This proactive approach reduces exposure to domain-based attacks in a first-come, first-served environment.

Set up active monitoring

Continuous monitoring helps detect:

  • registrations of domains similar to your trademark;
  • fake social media accounts;
  • counterfeit products sold online.

Quick detection enables faster action and minimizes damage.

Secure your digital assets

  • Implement advanced security protocols (DNSSEC, HTTPS, DMARC, SPF, DKIM, MFA).
  • Manage subdomains and redirects with strict internal rules.
  • Integrate cybersecurity into trademark governance.

Dreyfus law firm also advises establishing a digital asset inventory, assigning responsibilities for each domain, and maintaining updated records.

Responding to an infringement

Identify and assess the infringement

When a potential infringement is detected:

  • determine the infringement type (cybersquatting, phishing, counterfeiting, etc.);
  • assess the level of urgency and potential damage;
  • identify the responsible party or domain holder.

Take immediate corrective actions

  • Request the suspension or transfer of the abusive domain through a UDRP or local procedure.
  • Report fake accounts to platforms for prompt removal.
  • Inform customers and partners transparently if their data or trust might be affected.
  • Launch a controlled communication plan to mitigate reputational damage.

Learn from every incident

Each incident is an opportunity to strengthen internal processes:

  • update security and governance procedures;
  • expand domain portfolio coverage;
  • provide regular staff training;
  • record incidents and outcomes to refine prevention.

The digital protection checklist

  • Map all official domain names and social accounts.
  • Reserve key domains and critical variants.
  • Activate DNSSEC, DMARC, HTTPS, and other core security measures.
  • Establish a multi-channel monitoring system (domains, social media, marketplaces).
  • Define a clear emergency response plan.
  • Train employees to identify early warning signs.
  • Measure key indicators: detection time, resolution time, and avoided costs.

Why this approach matters

A valuable intangible asset

Your trademark is more than a name ; it’s a strategic intangible asset.

Losing control online can destroy years of investment in trust and reputation.

A lever for trust and compliance

Consumers, partners, and authorities expect digital environments that are secure and transparent.

Robust online protection enhances credibility and demonstrates compliance.

A lasting competitive advantage

Prevention is always cheaper than crisis management.

Trademarks that anticipate risks gain in resilience and long-term performance.

How Dreyfus law firm supports companies

Dreyfus law firm helps trademark owners build a robust digital protection framework through six pillars:

  1. Risk audit: identifying vulnerabilities and prioritizing actions.
  2. Portfolio strategy: planning domain registrations and defensive coverage.
  3. Governance: defining internal policies for domain management.
  4. Monitoring: tracking domains, social networks, and marketplaces.
  5. Crisis management: legal and technical assistance during an infringement.
  6. Training: educating internal teams about digital threats and best practices.

With recognized expertise in intellectual property and digital law, the firm operates at the intersection of legal strategy, technology, and cybersecurity,  in France and internationally.


Conclusion

Protecting a trademark online is no longer optional,  it’s a core element of corporate strategy.

By combining preventive measures (registration, monitoring, security) and rapid response protocols, companies can reduce their exposure and strengthen customer trust.

Dreyfus law firm works alongside businesses to design and implement strong, adaptable digital protection strategies aligned with their global ambitions.


Q&A

What is cybersquatting?
It’s when a third party registers a domain name identical or similar to a trademark, intending to divert traffic or resell it.

How can a trademark protect itself online?
By combining trademark registration, strategic domain reservations, security protocols, and continuous monitoring.

What should I do if someone impersonates my trademark?
Gather evidence, identify the domain holder, and launch a UDRP or contact the relevant platform to request the blocking, deactivation or transfer of the domain name.

Why monitor social media?
Fake accounts can damage trademark trust, spread misinformation, or defraud customers , early detection is essential.

What does Dreyfus law firm offer?
The Dreyfus law firm helps companies design and implement legal and technical strategies for protecting and managing their trademark online.

Read More

Pre-litigation in trademark law: anticipating to avoid costly disputes

Introduction

In the field of intellectual property, trademark protection is a major issue for businesses. Beyond registering a trademark, there are strategies to anticipate conflicts and avoid costly litigation. Pre-litigation in trademark law is a crucial phase in which preventive actions help resolve disputes before they escalate into court proceedings. This process is essential to secure a company’s rights and preserve its reputation while avoiding unnecessary legal expenses.

This article explores the role of pre-litigation in trademark law, how it helps avoid conflicts, and the practical steps companies can take to use it effectively.

Protecting your brand : a strategic imperative

Protecting a trademark is essential to guarantee a company the exclusive use of its distinctive sign. This protection, obtained through registration with the INPI in France and the EUIPO in the European Union, helps prevent identity theft and preserves the uniqueness of the company’s image.

1.1 Standing out effectively in a competitive market

A registered trademark is a symbol of consumer recognition and loyalty. It ensures the company that its sign is protected against unauthorized use, allowing it to distinguish its products and services from those of competitors.

1.2 A brand as a valuable asset for the company

A trademark is not just a sign; it is also a valuable asset. A protected trademark enables the company to strengthen its market position, enhance its image, and even generate revenue through exploitation, assignment, or licensing.

Pre-litigation in trademark law: a strategic response before trial

Pre-litigation refers to the steps taken before any court proceedings in order to resolve a dispute amicably or preventively. The goal is to settle a potential trademark conflict without resorting to lengthy and costly legal procedures.

2.1 Identifying risks before they become disputes

One of the main tools in pre-litigation is monitoring. By quickly identifying any trademark infringement, the company can respond effectively to protect its rights before the situation worsens. Monitoring can cover both registered trademarks and unauthorized uses of distinctive signs on online platforms such as social networks, where third parties might use similar or identical marks for commercial purposes, as well as on e-commerce sites.

2.2 Reacting early: cease-and-desist letters and negotiation as key tools

When a conflict is detected, the first pre-litigation action is often to send a formal warning letter. This letter requests the other party to cease using the disputed trademark. If this step fails, a coexistence agreement or similar negotiation may be considered.

Pre-litigation: a lever to prevent legal escalation

3.1 Controlling costs and avoiding lengthy procedures

Judicial procedures can be extremely expensive in terms of legal fees and time. Pre-litigation helps identify issues as they arise and resolve them before they escalate into lawsuits. This avoids significant costs associated with court proceedings.

3.2 Protecting brand image discreetly

Legal disputes can be perceived negatively by consumers. Even a publicly won lawsuit can tarnish a brand’s image. Pre-litigation helps maintain a positive reputation by resolving conflicts discreetly and swiftly.

3.3 Optimizing resources: time, energy, finances

Legal conflicts demand considerable human and financial resources. Turning to pre-litigation allows the company to stay focused on its core business and avoid diverting energy toward a prolonged dispute.

  1. Trademark disputes : hidden but formidable costs

Costly disputes extend beyond legal fees and can severely affect a company’s strategy. Key examples include :

  • Legal and expert fees: Lawyers’ fees, court expenses, and expert reports can amount to substantial sums
    • Disruption to business operations: The company spends significant time defending itself rather than growing its business
    • Missed opportunities: Engaging in a conflict can block partnerships, damage brand image, and lead to lost economic prospects

image graphique enanglais

 

Anticipating such issues helps a company avoid the burden of a lengthy legal process, which may end up being far more expensive than preventive measures.

Building an effective strategy to avoid costly disputes

5.1 Implementing rigorous trademark monitoring
Implementing a trademark monitoring system is essential. This includes regularly checking new trademark filings and online activity. It helps detect potential infringements before they become major issues.

5.2 Smart negotiation with similar brands

In certain situations, it may be wise to negotiate coexistence agreements with companies using similar trademarks. This allows for clear boundaries regarding brand usage and helps prevent conflicts.

5.3 Acting without litigation: the amicable path as first response

If a conflict arises, sending a warning letter is often a prudent first step. If this proves ineffective, mediation or negotiation can help resolve the issue without resorting to court proceedings. These amicable approaches are usually quicker and less expensive.

5.4 Getting the right legal advice early On

It is advisable to consult a trademark law specialist to receive precise and tailored legal advice. A detailed legal assessment will help determine the most appropriate pre-litigation strategy.

Pre-litigation tools: anticipate to better protect

The following tools can be used to avoid costly trademark disputes:

  • Legal and commercial watch: Monitoring trademark databases and online platforms
    • Trademark opposition: Challenging the registration of similar trademarks upon filing
    • Mediation and amicable resolution: Using mediation services to reach a settlement without litigation

Conclusion : preventing means protecting your brand for the long term

Pre-litigation in trademark law is an essential tool for any company aiming to protect its brand identity without resorting to costly legal disputes. Through proactive measures, companies can minimize legal risks, maintain their brand reputation, and optimize internal resources.

Dreyfus & Associates offers recognized expertise in pre-litigation and trademark dispute management. We support our clients in designing preventive strategies to anticipate risks and effectively protect their intellectual assets.

Nathalie Dreyfus and the Dreyfus team.

FAQ

 

  1. What is pre-litigation in trademark law ?

Pre-litigation refers to all amicable actions taken before initiating legal proceedings to resolve a conflict related to the use of a trademark. It includes monitoring, risk analysis, sending cease-and-desist letters, and negotiating agreements. This phase often allows for resolving disputes without going to court, thereby reducing costs and preserving business relationships.

  1. Why monitor competing trademarks ?

Monitoring competing trademarks is essential for any business that wants to protect its identity effectively. A watch system allows companies to quickly identify new trademark applications that may cause confusion with their own, enabling them to act promptly to avoid disputes. It also helps detect unauthorized use of the brand online, on social media, or in points of sale, whether it involves imitation or abusive exploitation. Regular monitoring is also a tool for early detection of counterfeiting, which can seriously damage a company’s reputation and revenue if not addressed quickly.

  1. How can trademark conflicts be avoided ?

It is crucial to check, before filing, that the chosen trademark does not infringe on existing rights. The application should clearly define the targeted products, services, and territories. Regular monitoring helps identify similar uses or filings. In case of risk, swift action such as an opposition or cease-and-desist letter is necessary. Finally, being assisted from the outset by a specialized attorney helps secure the entire protection strategy.

Read More

The importance of actively defending your trademark: understanding foreclosure through tolerance

In the ever-changing world of intellectual property, trademarks are strategic assets that distinguish products and services in the marketplace. However, their value lies not only in their registration, but also in the vigilance shown by their owners to prevent unauthorized use. One of the major legal pitfalls in this regard is foreclosure by tolerance, a mechanism that can deprive the owner of their rights if they fail to act within the prescribed time limits.

Forfeiture by tolerance cannot be equated with prescription. Forfeiture is based on the voluntary inaction of the trademark owner, whereas prescription is a rule of common law linked to time. Forfeiture prevents any action for invalidity or infringement, even if the facts are recent.

I – Understanding forfeiture by tolerance in trademark law

Definition and legal framework

Laches refers to a situation in which the owner of an earlier trademark knowingly tolerates, for a continuous period of five years, the use of a later registered trademark without taking any action. In European law, Article 61 of the EU Trademark Regulation (EUTMR) codifies this mechanism:

1. The owner of a trademark of theEuropean Union who has, for five consecutive years, tolerated the use of a later European Union trademark in the European Union while being aware of that use may no longer apply for a declaration of invalidity of the later trademark on the basis of the earlier trademark for the goods or services for which the later trademark has been used, unless the registration of the later European Union trademark was made in bad faith.

  1. The proprietor of an earlier national trademark referred to in Article 8(2) or of another earlier sign referred to in Article 8(4) who has, for five consecutive years, tolerated the use of a later EU trademark in the Member State where that earlier trademark or other earlier sign is protected, while being aware of that use, may no longer apply for a declaration of invalidity of the later trade mark on the basis of the earlier trade mark or the other earlier sign in respect of the goods or services for which the later trade mark has been used, unless the registration of the later EU trade mark was made in bad faith.
  2. In the cases referred to in paragraphs 1 or 2, the proprietor of the later European Union trademark may not oppose the use of the earlier right, even if that right can no longer be invoked against the later European Union trademark.

Where the conditions are met, the person who has tolerated the use may no longer contest the validity of the later trademark or prohibit its use.

Essential conditions for forfeiture

For forfeiture by tolerance to occur, four cumulative conditions must be met:

  1. Knowledge: the proprietor of the earlier trademark must have been aware of the use of the later trademark.
  2. Continuous use: the later trademark must have been used continuously for five years.
  3. Good faith: the later trademark must have been registered and used in good faith.
  4. Absence of legal action: no legal action must have been taken during this period.

Clarification of the concept of “knowledge”

The condition of actual knowledge by the owner of the earlier trademark is a central criterion for forfeiture by acquiescence, but also one of the most debated.

According to the settled case law of the General Court of the European Union (Case T-150/17) and the Court of Justice of the European Union (Case C-381/12 P), knowledge must be actual, not merely presumed. In other words, implicit knowledge or knowledge inferred from the behavior of the proprietor is not sufficient. Proof of actual knowledge of the use of the later trademark is required.

In particular, the Court of Justice recalled in judgment C-381/12 P that:

The proprietor of an earlier trademark cannot be regarded as having had knowledge of the use of a later trademark unless he actually had knowledge of that use, and not merely implicit knowledge or knowledge inferred from the behavior of the proprietor of the trademark.

Similarly, the European Union Court of Justice in case T-150/17 clarified:

Consequently, the proprietor of a trade mark challenged by a declaration of invalidity cannot merely prove potential knowledge of the use of his trade mark by the proprietor of an earlier trade mark, nor can he adduce consistent evidence capable of giving rise to a presumption of such knowledge.

It is therefore not sufficient that the later trademark is visible on the market or that there are infringement proceedings in other jurisdictions. For example, the mere presence of the disputed trademark in the results of an automated monitoring system does not constitute sufficient evidence in the absence of other concrete evidence.

However, evidence of actual knowledge may result from:

  • correspondence between the parties referring to the use of the trademark;
  • joint presence at trade fairs where the trademarks are used;
  • or the signing of a prior coexistence agreement (case 3971 C).

In case R 1299/2007-2, the EUIPO clarified an important point concerning the condition of knowledge in the context of estoppel by acquiescence. It ruled that the proprietor of the earlier trademark does not need to be aware of the registration of the later trademark, i.e., it is not necessary for them to have formal knowledge that the later trademark has been filed or registered with the competent office. However, it is essential that the proprietor of the earlier trademark has actual knowledge of the use of the later trademark during the relevant period, i.e., that they know that the trademark is being used on the market, despite its registration.

Thus, the period of tolerance begins to run only from the moment when the proprietor of the earlier trademark has actual and objective knowledge of the use of the later trademark, and not simply of its existence as a filing or administrative registration, for five consecutive years. The Board of Appeal ruled, in particular:

What is important in this context is the objective circumstance that the sign (the use of which was knowingly tolerated by the applicant for annulment) must have existed for at least five years as a Community trademark (CTM).”

II – Risks associated with failure to defend trademark rights

Legal consequences

Failure to take timely action against the unauthorized use of an identical or similar trademark may result in a permanent loss of rights. Once the right has been forfeited through tolerance, the prior owner can no longer bring an action for invalidity or infringement against the later trademark for the products or services concerned. This legal barrier requires absolute responsiveness in order to maintain the enforceability of one’s rights.

Economic consequences

The economic effects of a failure to defend one’s rights are equally damaging:

  • Weakening of the trademark: The coexistence of similar trademarks weakens the uniqueness and symbolic value of the earlier trademark. The strength of a trademark lies largely in its ability to distinguish itself clearly from other signs used by competitors. When a similar trademark is tolerated or left unopposed, this differentiation gradually becomes diluted. The earlier trademark then loses some of its exclusivity, which can alter its symbolic value among consumers and business partners. This deterioration affects not only the qualitative perception of the trademark, but also its commercial strength and its ability to embody the identity and values of the company.
  • Consumer confusion: Similar trademarks can confuse the public, undermine trust, and divert sales. Consumers faced with a fragmented range of similar signs may find it difficult to clearly identify the origin of products or services. This uncertainty undermines consumer confidence, which can result in hesitation to purchase or even rejection of the market. Furthermore, confusion may encourage the misuse of the reputation and renown of the earlier trademark by the owners of later trademarks, to the detriment of consumer loyalty to the original trademark.
  • Loss of market share: Competitors taking advantage of the similarity may capture a share of the customer base by unfairly benefiting from the reputation of the original trademark. This capture of customers is often based on an illegitimate appropriation of the reputation and marketing efforts of the original owner. The impact is reflected in a decrease in sales and, ultimately, an erosion of the original brand’s competitive position. In a competitive market environment, this loss can permanently undermine the economic and strategic viability of the company.

III – Strategies for active trademark protection

Proactive monitoring and detection

Rigorous market monitoring is essential. The implementation of monitoring systems enables the rapid detection of infringing registrations or uses. Regular audits and analysis of national and international databases are also crucial tools for anticipating litigation.

Legal action and timely responses

As soon as unauthorized use is identified, it is advisable to act without delay. This may take the form of:

  • formal notices (see limitations below),
  • oppositions to the registration of conflicting trademarks,
  • or legal action if necessary.

These measures not only serve to avoid foreclosure, but also strengthen the legitimacy and exclusivity of the trademark.

Interruption of the foreclosure period

The starting point and suspension of the grace period are also the subject of extensive case law.

The CJEU ruling C-482/09 established that simply sending a formal notice is not sufficient to interrupt the foreclosure period, unless this letter leads to a concrete result (e.g., voluntary withdrawal, a coexistence agreement, or the initiation of legal proceedings).

Only administrative or judicial action—such as an action for invalidity before the INPI or the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) or an action before the national courts, such as an action for infringement—can effectively interrupt the five-year period.

A recent ruling (Case C-466/20) confirmed that sending an unsuccessful warning, even if it proves clear opposition, is not sufficient to prevent foreclosure if no formal action follows. The Court specifies that:

Any interpretation of Article 9 of Directive 2008/95 and Articles 54, 110 and 111 of Regulation No 207/2009 as meaning that the sending of a warning letter is sufficient, in itself, to interrupt the limitation period would allow the proprietor of the earlier trademark orother earlier right to circumvent the limitation period by tolerance by repeatedly sending, at intervals of nearly five years, a letter of formal notice. Such a situation would undermine the objectives of the limitation period by tolerance, as recalled in paragraphs 46 to 48 of this judgment, and would deprive that system of its effectiveness.”

This decision highlights the importance of active vigilance and legal responsiveness in the face of unauthorized use of an earlier trademark.

Similarly, the signing of a coexistence agreement interrupts the period of foreclosure by tolerance, thereby suspending the period during which the owner of the earlier trademark could lose its rights due to its tolerance. However, if that agreement is subsequently breached or ceases to have effect, a new period of five years begins to run, provided that the proprietor of the earlier trademark again becomes effectively aware of the use of the later trademark. This rule was clarified by decision R 267/2014-2.

In that case, the Board of Appeal held, inter alia:

Consequently, since the application for a declaration of invalidity was filed on July 11, 2012, the contested decision correctly concluded that less than five consecutive years had elapsed between the end of the verbal agreement, i.e., from the moment when the applicant for invalidity had the opportunity not to tolerate the use of the contested Community trademark, and the application for a declaration of invalidity. On the other hand, even if it were considered that the verbal agreement between the parties had not been breached and had ended when the proprietor of the Community trademark filed opposition against the Community trademark application ‘BONASYSTEMS’ on February 16, 2010, that verbal agreement should, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, be considered still valid. Consequently, the proprietor of the earlier trade mark is still not in a position to refuse to tolerate the use of the latter Community trade mark in the United Kingdom. It follows that the application for a declaration of acquiescence must be dismissed.

Thus, the period of forfeiture can only be resumed if two conditions are met simultaneously: the effective termination of the coexistence agreement and the prior proprietor’s awareness of the continued use of the later trademark.

Conclusion

Actively defending your trademark is not just a legal obligation: it is a strategic imperative. Knowing and anticipating the effects of foreclosure by tolerance is essential to preserving the value, exclusivity, and integrity of a trademark portfolio. A policy of systematic vigilance, combined with targeted and rapid responses, is the best guarantee for ensuring the longevity of an asset as sensitive as a trademark.

The law firm Dreyfus & Associés assists its clients in managing complex intellectual property cases, offering personalized advice and comprehensive operational support for the complete protection of intellectual property.

Dreyfus & Associés is partnered with a global network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property.

Nathalie Dreyfus with the assistance of the entire Dreyfus team.

This article was published on the Village Justice website.

FAQ

1. What is foreclosure through tolerance in trademark law?

Foreclosure by tolerance occurs when the owner of an earlier trademark knowingly tolerates the use of a later registered trademark for five consecutive years without taking action. After this period, the owner of the earlier trademark can no longer seek to invalidate the later trademark, unless it was registered in bad faith.

2. What are the essential conditions for foreclosure by tolerance?

To trigger foreclosure by tolerance, four conditions must be met: the trademark owner must have knowledge of the use of the later trademark, the later trademark must have been used continuously for five years, the later trademark must have been used in good faith, and no legal action must have been taken during this period.

3. What are the legal consequences of not defending your trademark in time?

Failing to act against unauthorized use of a trademark within the prescribed period can result in a permanent loss of rights. Once foreclosure by tolerance is established, the owner can no longer challenge the validity or prevent the use of the later trademark for the relevant products or services.

Read More

Trademarks and AI: Can a Name Generated by Artificial Intelligence Be Protected?

The rise of artificial intelligence (AI) has revolutionized numerous sectors, including brand naming. Many companies now question whether a name generated by AI can benefit from legal protection as a trademark. This article reviews the relevant French legal framework and analyzes whether such a name can be registered, provided it complies with the provisions of the French Intellectual Property Code (Code de la propriété intellectuelle, CPI).

The Legal Framework for Trademarks in France

Definition and Acquisition of Trademark Rights

According to Article L.711-1 of the French Intellectual Property Code, a trademark is defined as a sign capable of distinguishing the goods or services of a natural or legal person from those of others. Ownership of a trademark is acquired through registration, pursuant to Article L.712-1 of the same code. Registration grants the holder exclusive rights over the trademark for the goods or services listed.

Conditions for Trademark Validity

For a trademark to be valid and registrable, it must meet the following conditions:

  • Distinctiveness: The sign must be capable of distinguishing the goods or services of one company from those of another.
  • Lawfulness: The sign must not be contrary to public order or accepted principles of morality.
  • Non-deceptiveness: The sign must not mislead the public, particularly regarding the nature, quality, or origin of the products or services.
  • Availability: The sign must not infringe any prior rights, such as already registered trademarks or protected business names.

These criteria are outlined in detail by the French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI).

Applicability to AI-Generated Names

Compliance with Legal Requirements

A brand name generated by artificial intelligence may be registered in France as long as it complies with the above-mentioned conditions. The mere fact that the name is AI-generated does not preclude registration, provided it is distinctive, lawful, non-deceptive, and available. Notably, Article L.711-1 CPI does not impose any requirement regarding the origin of the sign, which means names generated by automated systems are not excluded from protection.

Specific Considerations Related to AI

Different considerations apply under copyright law. Unlike trademark law, which is focused on distinctiveness and availability, copyright protection requires human creative input and that the work reflects the author’s personality. Indeed, Article L.112-1 of the French Intellectual Property Code states that “works of the mind, whatever their genre, form of expression, merit, or purpose,” are protected, provided they are original.

As such, while a name generated by AI is unlikely to qualify for copyright protection without human input, it can nevertheless be registered as a trademark, assuming it fulfills the requirements set out in Articles L.711-1 et seq. of the CPI.

Recommendations for Businesses

Registering a trademark that results from a process involving AI requires a legally sound and strategic approach. Although the law does not exclude names generated by AI, their validity depends on a detailed legal analysis under the French Intellectual Property Code.

It is therefore essential to consult with an intellectual property expert – such as a specialized attorney or industrial property counsel – to secure the entire process. This professional can:

  • Assess the compliance of the name with the validity criteria set out in Articles L.711-1 and following, particularly its distinctiveness, lawfulness, and lack of conflict with prior rights;
  • Proceed with a thorough clearance search, which is critical to avoid future legal disputes;
  • Review the terms and conditions of the AI tools used, particularly regarding ownership or assignment of the generated content, which may include restrictive clauses;
  • Structure and document the name creation and selection process, to demonstrate, if necessary, a substantial and voluntary human intervention in the final choice.

This approach significantly strengthens the legal security of the trademark filing and helps anticipate risks related to the algorithmic origin of the sign.

Conclusion

Trademarks generated by artificial intelligence can be protected under French law, provided they meet the requirements of the Intellectual Property Code. By following the appropriate steps and involving qualified legal counsel, companies can effectively safeguard brand names created with the help of AI tools.

At Dreyfus Law Firm, we stand ready to provide comprehensive legal strategies tailored to each client’s needs. Our services include advising on trademark protection, and litigation support across multiple jurisdictions.

Dreyfus Law Firm is in partnership with a global network of Intellectual Property attorneys, ensuring comprehensive assistance for businesses worldwide.

Join us on social media !

LinkedIn  

Instagram

FAQ

1. Can an AI-generated name be registered as a trademark in France?

Yes, provided that it satisfies the criteria of distinctiveness, lawfulness, non-deceptiveness, and availability as outlined in the Intellectual Property Code.

2. Does the origin of the name (human or AI) affect its trademark validity?

No. The CPI does not distinguish based on the origin of the sign. What matters is compliance with the legal conditions for registration.

3. What are the risks of registering an AI-generated name without proper legal vetting?

There is a risk of refusal by the trademark office or future litigation if the name infringes prior rights.

Read More

Copyright and trademark in wine packaging and labeling

Key considerations for wineries and wine businesses in the United States

Wine labeling is more than just listing the varietal, region, or vintage—it’s a creative and strategic endeavor that shapes a winery’s public identity. Elements such as labels, logos, colors, fonts, taglines, and even bottle shapes can become critical assets, each subject to complex legal protections. In the United States, two primary areas of intellectual property (IP) come into play: copyright (for creative works) and trademark (for brand identifiers). When properly leveraged, these legal tools can protect a producer’s investment in design and branding, deter counterfeiters, and bolster a winery’s reputation in a crowded market.

This article delves into copyright and trademark laws as they affect the packaging and labeling of wine, highlighting the interplay with Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) regulations, and offering practical guidance for ensuring comprehensive protection of your label designs.

The importance of packaging and labeling in the wine industry

Brand differentiation and market perception

  • Visual Identity: In a sector where numerous bottles vie for attention on retail shelves, your label and packaging are often the first points of consumer engagement. A carefully crafted design can influence purchasing decisions.
  • Storytelling and Heritage: Many wineries infuse their labels with elements reflecting their history, terroir, or family legacy. Whether it’s a depiction of a vineyard landscape or a stylized crest passed down through generations, these creative visuals become a key part of the wine’s story.

(Stat Note: According to data from the Wine Market Council, up to 70% of wine-buying decisions are made in-store based on label appeal and perceived brand quality.)

The convergence of art and commerce

Wine labels transcend mere product description, often functioning as miniature works of art. This dual function—practical (identifying the wine) and artistic (evoking themes, emotions, stories)—can lead to overlapping legal protections under copyright law (protecting creative expression) and trademark law (protecting distinctive brand elements).

Copyright protection for wine labels and packaging

What copyright covers

Copyright in the United States protects “original works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression.” For wine labels, this typically applies to:

  • Illustrations, graphics, and artwork: Any unique drawings, images, or decorative elements.
  • Photographs: If the label features original photography of a vineyard, estate, or other subjects.
  • Textual designs: Certain stylized text arrangements that reflect creative authorship, beyond merely stating the wine’s variety or region.

Under 17 U.S.C. § 102, you automatically hold the copyright to your label from the moment it’s created in a fixed form. However, registering the work with the U.S. Copyright Office (copyright.gov) offers additional legal benefits, including the ability to seek statutory damages and attorneys’ fees if you prevail in an infringement lawsuit.

Registration benefits and best practices

  • Enhanced enforcement: Registered copyrights provide a clear record of authorship and ownership.
  • Public notice: By registering, you publicly assert your claim, deterring would-be infringers.
  • Copyright notice: Including a notice (e.g., © [Year] [Owner Name]) on the label strengthens your position, though it is not mandatory for protection.

(Practical Tip: Some wineries register new label designs as soon as they’re finalized, particularly for high-end releases or limited-edition bottles that rely heavily on unique artwork.)

Limitations of copyright in labeling

Copyright protects creative expression, not functional or factual aspects. Consequently:

  • Mandatory statements: Label elements required by TTB regulations—such as alcohol content, origin, net contents—cannot be copyrighted. They are considered functional or factual.
  • Generic or descriptive terms: Words that merely name a varietal (e.g., “Cabernet Sauvignon”) or region (e.g., “Napa Valley”) are not subject to copyright protection.

Trademark protection in wine labeling and branding

Distinctive elements eligible for trademark

Trademarks can protect a wide range of “source identifiers,” such as:

  • Brand names and winery names: For instance, “Silver Oak” or “Jordan Winery.”
  • Logos and stylized text: A custom emblem or stylized brand wordmark.
  • Taglines or slogans: Marketing phrases that help consumers identify and recall your wine.
  • Bottle shapes or label configurations (Trade Dress): If they are distinctive and non-functional. For example, a uniquely shaped bottle could be considered protectable trade dress when the shape itself signifies the brand.

The role of the USPTO

In the U.S., trademark registration is handled by the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) (uspto.gov). A federal trademark registration confers:

  • Nationwide protection: Deters infringers beyond your immediate region.
  • Legal presumptions: Proof of ownership and exclusive rights to use the mark in connection with specified goods.
  • Potential for international filing: Serves as a basis for Madrid Protocol applications via the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO).

Label approval vs. trademark registration

It’s crucial to distinguish between TTB label approval and USPTO trademark registration:

  • TTB: Focuses on compliance with labeling regulations (alcohol content, origin, disclaimers). Approval does not guarantee any IP rights in the brand name or artwork.
  • USPTO: Examines distinctiveness, likelihood of confusion, and existing prior rights. A name greenlit by TTB might still face refusal or opposition at the USPTO if similar marks exist.

(Example: A wine label approved by TTB with the word “Sunset Ridge” could still be refused by the USPTO if “Sunset Ridge Cellars” is an existing registered trademark.)

Navigating overlaps and potential conflicts

Copyright vs. Trademark

  • Copyright covers the artistic aspects—illustrations, creative text layout, or photographs.
  • Trademark covers the brand name, logos, or distinct label designs recognized by consumers as indicating a particular source.
    These two can coexist. For instance, a visually ornate label design can have copyright protection for its artwork and trademark protection for the brand name or a stylized logo.

Confusion with geographic terms and appellations

Wine labeling often highlights regions or appellations (e.g., Napa Valley, Sonoma Coast, Willamette Valley). While these terms may be necessary to describe the product, they generally cannot serve as trademarks if they are considered primarily geographic.

  • Appellation conflicts: Groups like the Napa Valley Vintners Association actively defend the Napa name, ensuring it’s only used by wineries meeting certain AVA (American Viticultural Area) requirements.
  • Deceptive marks: A label referencing a region or type of wine (e.g., “Champagne,” “Port,” or “Burgundy”) without following legal standards or sourcing may be found deceptive by the USPTO and refused registration.

Common pitfalls

  1. Generic or descriptive brand names: A term like “Chardonnay Reserve” is unlikely to qualify for trademark registration if it only describes the wine.
  2. Overreliance on disclaimers: The USPTO may require disclaimers for descriptive words—such as “Winery,” “Estate,” or “Vineyards”—to avoid granting exclusive rights over generic or descriptive terms.
  3. Failure to monitor: Neglecting to keep an eye on new trademark filings or unauthorized uses of your art or brand name can allow infringers to establish competing rights.

Case studies, statistics, and a hypothetical scenario

Case study: artistic label dispute

A California boutique winery, “Moonlight Cellars,” hired a freelance artist to create a highly detailed label for its new Merlot. The label featured a watercolor painting of an owl perched under a moonlit sky.

  • Copyright conflict: The artist later discovered the winery had slightly modified her painting for limited-edition releases without seeking permission. She filed a copyright infringement claim.
  • Trademark overlap: The winery had successfully registered “Moonlight Cellars” as a trademark but had neglected to secure permission for derivative use of the artwork.
  • Outcome: Through negotiation, the winery purchased additional rights. This underscored the need for clear licensing agreements that address both the original and potential future uses of label artwork.

Stats on wine label design and IP registration

A 2025 report by the USPTO indicated that trademark applications within Class 33 (wines and spirits) rose by 12% year over year, reflecting the increasing number of independent labels and craft producers. Separately, the Graphic Artists Guild noted a 20% rise in requests for label design-related copyright registrations, emphasizing the growing commercial importance of visual identity in the wine sector.

Hypothetical client example: Golden Crest Wines

“Golden Crest Wines,” a Washington-based winery, launched a new Rosé line with a stylized gold crest design. They:

  1. Secured a trademark for the name “Golden Crest Wines” and the stylized crest logo via the USPTO.
  2. Registered the label artwork with the U.S. Copyright Office to protect the crest’s elaborate design and background art.
  3. Ensured TTB compliance by accurately listing the AVA and alcohol content.
  • Result: A cohesive IP strategy minimized the risks of both brand confusion and unauthorized replication of the label design.

Practical tips for protecting wine packaging and labels

Use written agreements for artwork

Whenever hiring freelance designers or agencies:

  • Clarify ownership: Decide whether you, as the winery, will own the full copyright upon creation, or whether the artist retains some rights.
  • License scope: Define if the artwork can be used across multiple product lines, websites, or future limited editions.
  • Work-for-hire provisions: In many cases, you must explicitly state that the work is “made for hire,” otherwise the artist may retain the copyright.

Conduct thorough searches before launch

  • USPTO TESS: Check for existing marks that could conflict with your proposed brand name, logo, or slogans.
  • Copyright Office records: If using stock imagery or previously commissioned art, ensure no overlapping claims or restrictions exist.
  • Appellation guidelines: Verify any TTB or AVA requirements for wording, disclaimers, or usage permissions.

Register, monitor, and enforce

  • Timely registration: File for trademark registration as soon as you decide on a brand. Similarly, register label designs or other major creative elements with the Copyright Office.
  • Monitoring new filings: Watch for potential conflicts in the USPTO Official Gazette and relevant creative marketplaces (e.g., popular design platforms).
  • Take swift action: If you spot an infringing label or brand name, consider sending a cease-and-desist letter or filing an opposition (for trademarks) or infringement suit (for copyright) where appropriate.

Plan for international protection

For wineries aiming to export or eventually tap into foreign markets (EU, UK, Asia, etc.):

  • Trademark extension: The Madrid Protocol allows you to extend your USPTO registration internationally through WIPO (wipo.int).
  • Labeling laws abroad: Investigate local regulations on disclaimers, mandatory health warnings, and protected geographical indications (like “Rioja” in Spain or “Bordeaux” in France).

Conclusion

In a competitive landscape where packaging and labeling speak volumes about your wine’s quality and origin, both copyright and trademark laws serve pivotal roles. Copyright can guard the creative essence of your label—its artwork, typography, and visual flair—while trademark secures your brand identity, ensuring that names and logos become cornerstones of consumer trust.

When carefully managed, these protections deter copycats, elevate brand perception, and may even become valuable business assets for expansions or partnerships. However, success hinges on anticipating legal hurdles, from TTB compliance to potential conflicts with existing marks or appellations.

Why work with Dreyfus?

  • Recognized Expertise: With over 20 years of experience in intellectual property and a deep understanding of wine regulations, our team assists clients in creating ironclad label strategies.
  • Global Network: We facilitate international registrations, ensuring that wineries eyeing overseas markets remain protected under multiple jurisdictions.
  • Tailored Guidance: Each winery’s story is unique. We offer strategic advice adapted to your creative vision, marketing goals, and compliance needs.

The cabinet Dreyfus et Associés is in partnership with a worldwide network of lawyers specialized in Intellectual Property.

Ready to protect your wine’s visual identity?

  • Contact us to develop a customized plan to safeguard your label and brand assets.
  • Subscribe to our newsletter for the latest legal updates in wine labeling and IP.
  • Download our practical guide, “5 Essential Tips for Copyright and Trademark Protection in Wine Labeling,” featuring case studies and checklists.

Additional Resources

Shape your wine’s story with confidence—fortify your labels and packaging using robust legal frameworks.

Read More

Trademark registration for a wine or a winery: key steps and common pitfalls

In the highly competitive world of wine production and distribution, standing out often hinges on building a distinctive identity—from the name of your winery or vineyard to the label on each bottle. In the United States, securing a trademark for your wine brand is one of the most effective ways to protect this identity. However, navigating the trademark system can be challenging, particularly when dealing with additional regulations related to wine labeling and geographical indications.

This article provides a detailed look at the trademark registration process for wines in the U.S., highlights frequent legal and regulatory pitfalls, and offers practical tips to safeguard your brand from costly conflicts. Whether you produce a Napa Valley Cabernet Sauvignon or a Willamette Valley Pinot Noir, a robust trademark strategy is vital for long-term success.

Why protect your wine brand or winery name?

Legal imperatives

  • Exclusive right to use the mark: By registering your trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), you gain nationwide priority over the use of the mark for the goods and services specified in your application.
  • Litigation leverage: Should a competitor attempt to adopt a similar name or label, holding a federal trademark registration bolsters your position in court. It allows you to potentially recover damages and attorneys’ fees, and it offers a legal presumption of validity and ownership of the mark throughout the U.S.
  • Protecting an intangible asset: Your brand is intellectual property that can be licensed, sold, or used as a valuable business asset. According to various industry reports, strong brand recognition can increase a winery’s overall valuation and attract investors, distributors, or joint-venture partners.

Economic stakes

  • Credibility for buyers and importers: Wine buyers—including restaurants, retailers, and wholesalers—gravitate toward well-branded products. A registered trademark signals professionalism and provides assurance that you take your business seriously.
  • Investor appeal: Private equity and other investors in the wine sector look favorably on wineries and wine brands that have protected their names. This is because a clear trademark strategy mitigates the risk of future legal complications.
  • Facilitating international expansion: With the U.S. as one of the largest wine-consuming nations in the world, many producers also aim to export. Having a federal registration can be a strong basis for filing in other countries through the Madrid System managed by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO).

(Stat Note: According to the Wine Institute (wineinstitute.org), U.S. wine sales—domestic and imports—have consistently exceeded 400 million cases per year, reflecting robust demand and heightened competition in branding.)

Marketing and brand equity

  • Differentiating your AVA or winery story: American Viticultural Areas (AVAs) such as Napa Valley, Sonoma County, Willamette Valley, and Finger Lakes are integral to a wine’s identity. A trademark allows you to highlight unique qualities while avoiding consumer confusion with other wineries in the same region.
  • Long-term consumer loyalty: Once consumers come to trust a wine brand, they tend to become repeat buyers, seeking out new vintages or related labels under the same trademark.
  • Consistent branding across channels: A trademark gives you the foundation to unify your online presence, labeling, packaging, and promotional materials under a single, well-protected identity.

Trademark law and regulatory bodies in the U.S.

The USPTO

The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) is the primary federal agency for trademark registration. Once granted, a federal trademark registration offers protection across all 50 states and U.S. territories.

  • Term of protection: Initially valid for 10 years and renewable indefinitely, provided you file timely maintenance documents and demonstrate continued use.
  • Filing method: Online submission through the Trademark Electronic Application System (TEAS) is the standard.

State trademarks

In addition to federal registration, some wine producers opt for state-level trademarks (e.g., California Secretary of State for wineries in Napa). However, these provide limited geographic protection. For wineries hoping to sell across state lines, a USPTO registration is more robust.

TTB labeling regulations

The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) (ttb.gov) oversees wine labeling and advertising. While TTB approval is separate from trademark registration, certain TTB regulations intersect with trademark considerations:

  • Brand name approval: The TTB might reject a label if it includes misleading geographic claims or references.
  • Appellation of Origin: Using names like “Napa Valley” or “Sonoma Coast” requires adherence to specific TTB and state-level rules regarding the percentage of grapes sourced from those regions.
  • Misleading terms: Terms that falsely imply certain winemaking practices or locations can run afoul of both TTB rules and trademark law.

Key steps for registering a wine trademark

Conducting a comprehensive clearance search

Before filing an application with the USPTO, it is crucial to perform a trademark clearance search.

  • USPTO Database: Search the TESS (Trademark Electronic Search System) to check for identical or similar marks.
  • Common Law Databases: Not all trademarks are registered. Many wineries rely on common law rights, so also search corporate names, domain names, and wine competition listings.
  • International Databases: If you plan to export, consider searching the databases of the EUIPO (European Union Intellectual Property Office) and the WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization).

(Industry Stat: The USPTO receives tens of thousands of trademark applications per month across all industries. In the wine and spirits sector, the volume has been steadily increasing, reflecting the rise of boutique and craft producers.)

Classification and identifying goods/services

The USPTO uses International Classes under the Nice Classification System. Wine typically falls under:

  • Class 33: Alcoholic beverages (except beers).
  • Potential additional classes: If you provide wine club subscriptions (Class 35 for retail services) or tasting events (Class 41 for entertainment services), ensure they are included.

Precision in describing goods and services is crucial. An overly broad description might lead to either refusal or vulnerability to partial cancellation later, while an overly narrow description might limit brand expansion.

Filing the application

This step involves submitting a TEAS form via uspto.gov. Key elements of the application include:

  • Owner details: Whether you’re filing under an individual or corporate entity name.
  • Basis for filing: Use-based (Section 1(a)) if already in commerce, or intent-to-use (Section 1(b)) if you plan to commercialize soon.
  • Specimen (if applicable): If filing on a use basis, you must provide a label, packaging, or marketing materials showing how the mark is used in commerce.

Examination, publication, and opposition

  1. Initial review: A USPTO examining attorney checks for compliance with procedural and substantive requirements.
  2. Office actions: The examining attorney might issue an office action requesting clarifications, disclaimers, or refusals based on confusing similarity to an existing mark.
  3. Publication in the Official Gazette: Upon acceptance, the mark is published. Any party who believes they would be harmed by the registration has 30 days to file an opposition before the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board (TTAB).

Registration and maintenance

If unopposed (or if you win an opposition proceeding), the USPTO issues a Certificate of Registration. The trademark is initially valid for 10 years, with a Section 8 Declaration of continued use due between the 5th and 6th year, and subsequent renewals required every 10 years.

Common pitfalls in wine trademark filings

Geographic misdescriptions and AVA conflicts

Using a protected AVA name like “Napa Valley” or “Santa Barbara County” without meeting the TTB’s sourcing requirements can trigger:

  • Refusal by the USPTO: On grounds of deceptively misdescriptive or primarily geographically descriptive if you do not meet TTB criteria.
  • Challenges from regional associations: Groups like the Napa Valley Vintners or the Oregon Wine Board vigorously defend their geographic designations.

Likelihood of confusion with existing marks

A slight variation in spelling may not be enough to avoid confusing similarity.

  • Example: “Cascade Hills Winery” vs. “Cascade Hill Vineyards” could be considered too close in the eyes of the USPTO if both produce wine in overlapping markets.
  • Legal consequences: If your mark is deemed confusingly similar, it can lead to refusal during examination or, worse, an opposition proceeding by the existing mark owner.

Improper use of foreign terms

Wine producers sometimes use French, Italian, or Spanish terms to evoke Old World charm. However, terms that are generic or descriptive in a foreign language can face refusal under the doctrine of foreign equivalents.

  • Example: Using “Château” for a U.S. winery might raise descriptive issues unless the overall mark has distinctiveness.

Timing issues and lack of monitoring

  • Late filing: Launching a brand in multiple states before filing can allow competitors to preempt your rights.
  • No watch service: Failing to monitor the USPTO Gazette or other platforms means missing the chance to oppose similar wine marks within the TTAB’s strict deadlines.

Case studies, statistics, and a hypothetical client

Case study: Green Valley Vineyards

Green Valley Vineyards wanted to expand distribution throughout the U.S. While the owners had used “Green Valley” informally for years, they discovered mid-expansion that a California winery called “Greenvalley Estate” was already registered with the USPTO.

  • Result: A TTAB opposition forced Green Valley Vineyards to rebrand to “GV Vineyards” and revise all their labeling and marketing materials—a costly endeavor in the middle of national expansion.

U.S. wine trademark data

A 2025 USPTO annual report noted a 15% year-over-year increase in wine-related trademark applications, highlighting the explosive growth of both boutique wineries and private-label ventures in the U.S. market. This surge correlates with the rise in e-commerce wine sales and direct-to-consumer shipping laws liberalizing in several states.

Fictional client example: Autumn Harvest Wines

Autumn Harvest Wines, based in the Finger Lakes region of New York, decided to register a new brand for their Riesling line—“Autumn Mist.” Through a comprehensive clearance search, they discovered a potential conflict with an Oregon-based brewer that had “Autumn’s Mist Ale.” Their attorney advised minor changes in the label design and the goods description to reduce confusion.

  • Outcome: The brand launched smoothly under a slightly altered name, “Autumn Mist Riesling,” circumventing likely opposition from the brewer.

Practical tips for a successful wine trademark strategy

Consult an attorney or IP specialist

Wine law intersects with traditional trademark law, TTB regulations, AVA restrictions, and occasionally import-export rules. An experienced intellectual property attorney or specialized consultant can:

  • Conduct a thorough clearance search, including common law and international resources.
  • Advise on naming conventions, disclaimers, and label design to comply with TTB and USPTO requirements.
  • Manage the entire trademark application process, from filing through potential TTAB proceedings.

Plan for international expansion

Many U.S. wineries eventually reach beyond domestic markets. A federal trademark registration can serve as a basis for Madrid System applications, extending coverage into key wine-consuming nations like Canada, the UK, China, or Japan.

  • Avoid brand squatting: Certain countries see opportunistic registrations by third parties who anticipate the future arrival of an American brand, then demand high fees to release the name.
  • Consult local counsel: In addition to WIPO filings, each country may have local regulations, especially concerning geographical indications or local labeling laws.

Implement a trademark watch and enforcement program

  • USPTO Gazette monitoring: Subscribe to a watch service to track newly published marks in wine, spirits, or related categories.
  • Active enforcement: Sending cease-and-desist letters or filing oppositions at the TTAB can deter infringers and demonstrate your commitment to brand protection.
  • Periodic audits: Regularly review your own label usage, domain names, and expansions into new products (e.g., wine spritzers, wine-based cocktails) to update your trademark portfolio.

Conclusion

Trademark registration is more than just a legal formality—it is a cornerstone of your brand’s identity, reputation, and long-term market success. In an industry as storied and dynamic as wine, a strong trademark not only shields you from imitators but also fortifies your brand story in the minds of consumers.

By proactively registering and maintaining your trademark, you signal quality, distinction, and credibility. For producers whose goal is to stand out in the crowded aisles of local retail shops or in high-end restaurants nationwide, trademark protection is a non-negotiable step in building a legacy.

Why work with Dreyfus?

  • Recognized Expertise: Our team has over 20 years of experience in intellectual property and extensive knowledge of wine law.
  • Global Network: We assist clients with international filing strategies, ensuring worldwide protection for brands poised for export.
  • Customized Approach: We thoroughly analyze your situation to develop a specialized trademark strategy that fits your unique goals, whether you’re a boutique winery in Oregon or a large-scale producer in California.

The cabinet Dreyfus et Associés is in partnership with a worldwide network of lawyers specialized in Intellectual Property.

Do you need help securing your wine brand?

Contact us to develop a comprehensive plan and safeguard your wine label or winery name for years to come.

  • Subscribe to our newsletter to stay informed of the latest legal developments in wine and intellectual property.
  • Download our practical guide on “10 Critical Mistakes to Avoid When Trademarking a Wine in the U.S.” (including case studies, expert tips, and a step-by-step checklist).

Useful External Links for Further Reading

Together, let’s protect and elevate your winemaking heritage.

Read More

How to win a cancellation action against a French trademark or invalidity proceedings before the INPI?

Effective trademark management in France requires a thorough mastery of the administrative procedures needed to challenge a trademark’s validity or obtain its revocation. The French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) provides simplified mechanisms for invalidation (nullity) and revocation (déchéance), enabling stakeholders to maintain fair practices in the field of trademarks.

In 2023, trademark-related cases account for 91% of all procedures before the INPI. Invalidation actions have risen to 22% (compared to 19% in 2022), while revocation procedures have decreased from 17% to 9%.

Introduction to Invalidation and Revocation Procedures before the INPI

The procedures for invalidation and revocation, introduced by the EU Trademark Package in 2020, allow you to challenge improper registrations or revoke a trademark. They offer a faster and more cost-effective alternative compared to court proceedings.

  • Invalidation (Nullity): The trademark was invalid from the moment it was registered. It is therefore removed from the register with retroactive effect.
  • Revocation (Déchéance): The trademark has lost its validity due to events occurring after its registration. Its effects end only for the future.

Key statistics:

  • In 2023, 60% of successful invalidation actions were based on absolute grounds.
  • Favorable revocation decisions for non-use represent 75% of cases initiated since 2021.

These tools protect market integrity and ensure fair competitive practices.

The Invalidation Procedure

Invalidation aims to eliminate trademarks that should never have been registered.

Absolute Grounds for Invalidation

A trademark may be invalidated if it:

  • Lacks distinctiveness: e.g., generic or descriptive terms.
  • Is contrary to public policy or accepted principles of morality.
  • Misleads the public: e.g., about the geographical origin or quality of the products.

Relative Grounds for Invalidation

A trademark may be invalidated for infringing prior rights:

  • Identical or similar trademark already registered.
  • Pre-existing copyright, trade names, or domain names.

Dive Deeper: When a trademark is challenged on relative grounds, it is crucial to present a clear comparative analysis of the distinctive elements, including phonetics, appearance, and meaning. Citing relevant case law bolsters your arguments.

Case Law Example: In 2022, a French trademark was invalidated for causing confusion with an EU trademark registered 5 years earlier (Source: INPI).

Extended Practical Example: A competitor registered a trademark using the dominant color of a pre-existing company, combined with similar wording. An expert analysis of consumer perception was crucial in convincing the INPI to invalidate the trademark on relative grounds.

The Revocation Procedure

Revocation addresses abuses or omissions that occur after registration.

Non-Use of a Trademark

If a trademark is not used within 5 years of its registration, it can be revoked. For instance, a trademark registered in 2017 with no proven use by 2023 could be subject to revocation.

Focus: Evidence of use may include invoices, advertising materials, or packaging samples. The absence of such documents weakens the owner’s position.

Becoming a Generic Term

Abusive use can cause a trademark to lose its distinctiveness. Examples include Aspirin or Kleenex, which have become generic terms in some countries.

Misleading Use

Use that misleads consumers about the nature or origin of products may lead to revocation.

Recent Example: In 2021, a trademark was revoked for misleading use after being applied to products radically different from those stated in the registration.

Administrative Process before the INPI

Filing the Application

  • Identify the targeted trademark.
  • State the grounds (invalidation or revocation).
  • Include the supporting evidence (non-use reports, market research, etc.).

Practical Tip: For complex applications, engaging an attorney can be pivotal to avoid rejection for incomplete filings.

Adversarial Phase

Each party presents its arguments and evidence through structured exchanges. Counter-evidence may include customer testimonials or financial data.

Final Decision and Appeals

  • Effects of Decisions:
    • Invalidation: Retroactive effect.
    • Revocation: Future effect only.
  • Appeals may be filed with the Paris Court of Appeal.

Practical Cases and Case Law Examples

  1. Example of an Invalidation Action: A French trademark was invalidated for failing to meet distinctiveness requirements (Source: INPI, case 2022-03).
  2. Example of a Revocation Action: A trademark not used within 5 years of registration was revoked in 2023 for non-use (Source: INPI case law).

Advanced Strategies to Maximize Your Chances of Success

  1. Comprehensive Evidence Analysis: Gather persuasive documents such as expert reports, market studies, or consumer surveys to substantiate your claims.
  2. Leverage Case Law: Reference similar cases to strengthen your position.
  3. Prepare a Strategic File: Ensure each piece of evidence is presented coherently and in an organized manner.
  4. Professional Support: Consult with intellectual property experts to maximize your odds of success.

Analysis of Recent Trends in Invalidation Actions

Increase in International Actions

With the rise of cross-border trade, trademark disputes involving international parties have risen significantly. Many companies seek to extend trademark protection beyond national borders, leading to conflicts with similar or identical trademarks registered in other jurisdictions. This trend is pushing owners to step up monitoring of their intellectual property assets.

Key Statistics:

  • In 2023, 35% of invalidation actions involved international parties (source: INPI).
  • A 15% increase in oppositions to European trademarks was observed during the same period.

The Rise of Digital Tools

The INPI and other organizations have implemented digital platforms to streamline the filing and tracking of procedures. These tools offer greater transparency and faster management of disputes. However, they also demand quick adaptation by companies to ensure accuracy and completeness in their filings.

Focus on Distinctiveness

Invalidation actions based on a lack of distinctiveness have been particularly numerous in 2023. Companies are now using more rigorous methods to demonstrate that contested trademarks are not sufficiently distinct from generic products or services.

Resources and Practical Tools

Useful Links for Professionals:

  1. INPI Platform: Link to the filing portal
    • Enables online submission of invalidation and revocation requests.
    • Provides educational resources on procedures.
  2. INPI Trademark Database: Trademark search
    • Tool for searching registered trademarks and identifying potential conflicts.
  3. WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization):
    • Platform for monitoring trademarks internationally (WIPO link).
  4. Practical Guides:
    • Download the guide on trademark disputes (INPI).

Analysis and Monitoring Tools:

  • Semrush / Ahrefs / Ubersuggest: Keyword analysis associated with trademarks to anticipate disputes.
  • TrademarkVision: AI-based tool for detecting visual similarities between trademarks.
  • Google Alerts: Track public mentions of your trademark or potential conflicts.

Our Expertise

At Dreyfus & Associés, we understand the importance of protecting your intellectual property assets while maintaining your competitiveness in the marketplace. Our services include:

  1. Audit and Strategy:
    • Evaluation of trademarks and identification of potential risks.
    • In-depth analysis of grounds for invalidation or revocation.
  2. Representation before the INPI and the Courts:
    • Meticulous preparation of case files with convincing evidence.
    • Robust defense in adversarial proceedings.
  3. Strategic Monitoring:
    • Monitoring competing trademarks.
    • Early detection of possible conflicts.
  4. International Management:
    • Coordinating litigation across multiple jurisdictions.
    • Aligning strategies on a global scale.

Contact us for a personalized consultation and learn how we can support you in all your initiatives.

FAQ

  1. What is the difference between invalidation and revocation?
  • Invalidation addresses issues at the time of registration (e.g., lack of distinctiveness).
  • Revocation addresses abuses or omissions that occur after registration (e.g., non-use, misleading use).
  1. What are the deadlines for filing an action?
  • There is no time limit for filing an invalidation action.
  • A revocation action may be initiated as soon as non-use is established (after 5 years).
  1. How much does a procedure before the INPI cost?
  • Filing fees are generally moderate, with a base cost of €600 for an invalidation or revocation procedure. Attorney fees are additional.
  1. Can I appeal an INPI decision?
    Yes, a decision can be appealed before the Paris Court of Appeal within one month of the notification.
  2. Why should I consult an intellectual property expert?
    An expert ensures strategic analysis and thorough case management, significantly increasing your chances of success.
Read More

The Importance of Monitoring Brands on Social Media and Advanced Strategies to Counter Infringements

Online presence plays a crucial role in shaping a brand’s image, but this visibility also exposes it to significant risks such as counterfeiting, defamation, and rights violations. Social media, as both a catalyst for opportunities and a breeding ground for threats, demands increased vigilance. Companies must integrate monitoring as a fundamental element of their intangible asset management strategy. Dreyfus, an expert in intellectual property, positions itself as a key player in this field by providing tailored technical and legal solutions.

The Imperative of Proactive Monitoring on Social Media

Contrary to a commonly held assumption, content hosts (Facebook, Instagram, TikTok, etc.) are not legally obligated to actively monitor what is posted. According to the European Directive 2000/31/EC on electronic commerce, these technical intermediaries can only be held liable once notified of the existence of illegal content. This legal gap forces companies to assume active monitoring themselves to protect their brand.

The risks faced by companies that neglect monitoring are diverse and severe:

  • Counterfeiting: The dissemination of counterfeit products via social media affects revenues and weakens brand image.
  • Defamation and Smear Campaigns: A viral negative publication can irreparably damage a company’s reputation.
  • Identity Theft: Fake accounts exploiting the name of a brand or its executives undermine stakeholder trust.
  • Intellectual Property Rights Violations: Unauthorized use of logos or trade names can erode the legal protection of these assets.

Takedown Mechanisms: Pillars of a Reactive Response

Platforms such as Amazon, Alibaba, and Facebook have implemented “notice and takedown” procedures that allow illegal content to be reported and removed. These mechanisms directly address the proliferation of infringements within their ecosystems.

Typical Steps in a Takedown Procedure

  1. Identifying Infringing Content: This involves automated tools or manual analysis to pinpoint problematic posts.
  2. Notifying the Host: A formal request, including evidence of the violation, is submitted to the relevant platform.
  3. Review by the Host: Moderation teams assess the compliance of the request with internal policies and the legal framework.
  4. Content Removal: If the complaint is valid, the illegal content is swiftly deleted or blocked.
  5. Follow-up and Escalation: In cases of rejection or recurrence, legal actions may be considered.

A notable example is Amazon’s “Brand Registry” program, which provides brand owners with tools to monitor listings and report violations. Alibaba offers similar functionalities tailored to the Asian e-commerce context.

Why Rely on a Specialist Like Dreyfus?

Turning to experts maximizes the chances of success and minimizes delays in takedown procedures. Dreyfus offers:

  • Deep Legal Expertise: Each case is evaluated based on the applicable legal framework and relevant jurisprudence.
  • Advanced Technological Tools: Automated monitoring ensures rapid and accurate detection of infringements.
  • Comprehensive Support: From initial monitoring to potential legal proceedings, Dreyfus handles the entire process.

Social Media: Opportunities and Vulnerabilities

The open and participatory nature of social media, while a source of marketing opportunities, also serves as a gateway for various infringements.

  • Fraudulent Advertisements: These exploit a brand’s image to redirect users to counterfeit sites.
  • Shocking or Controversial Content: Associating a brand with controversial themes harms its public perception.
  • Orchestrated Smear Campaigns: Fabricated negative reviews, hostile hashtags, or defamatory posts erode reputation.

Three Strategic Axes for Enhanced Protection

Brands must adopt a multi-level approach: proactive, preventive, and reactive.

  1. Proactive: Maintain a Visible and Active Presence

Regular communication on social media helps monitor and control discussions about the brand.

  1. Preventive: Implement Structured Monitoring

Surveillance tools—such as automated crawlers or configurable alerts—detect potential infringements before they escalate.

  1. Reactive: Leverage Legal and Technical Remedies

Takedown procedures and legal actions remain essential steps to counter confirmed infringements.

A Changing Future: Challenges and Perspectives

The rapid evolution of technologies and online practices presents new challenges:

  • The Emergence of Deepfakes: These falsified contents complicate issues of defamation and counterfeiting.
  • Increased Regulation: The legal framework governing platforms could evolve, affecting host responsibilities.
  • Dual Use of Artificial Intelligence: While useful for monitoring, AI can also be exploited for malicious purposes.

Conclusion

Monitoring brands on social media is an indispensable strategic issue. Given the absence of proactive oversight by platforms, it is essential for companies to adopt comprehensive defense strategies. With the support of experts like Dreyfus, they can anticipate and counter threats while ensuring the sustainability and credibility of their brand in an ever-evolving digital environment.

Join us on social media!

LinkedIn 

Instagram

Read More

Entry Into Force on May 1, 2025 of the EU “Design Package”: Modernizing the EU Designs Framework

The recent publication of Regulation (EU) 2024/2822 and Directive (EU) 2024/2823 marks a key milestone in the modernization of the European legal framework for designs. These reforms, with certain provisions taking effect from May 1, 2025, foresee a phased implementation to harmonize, simplify, and adapt the system to the digital age.

Harmonization and modernization 

The term “Community design” has been updated to “European Union design” (EUD). This symbolic change modernizes the terminology while aligning it with that of European trademarks. To enhance identification, a visual symbol Ⓓ has been introduced, providing greater coherence within the system.

The reform expands definitions to incorporate technological advances. Animations, graphical interfaces, and digital twins are now included in the scope of protection, reflecting their essential role in modern industries. The concept of “product” has also been extended to non-physical forms, covering items used in video games or virtual environments such as the metaverse.

Filing procedures are now more flexible and better suited to creators’ needs. Applications can group up to 50 designs without classification constraints, and various digital formats are now accepted for design representations. Additionally, creators can defer publication for up to 30 months, offering strategic discretion to protect their designs while planning their market launch.

To promote accessibility, particularly for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and independent designers, some fees have been reduced or eliminated. Filing fees, for example, have been lowered, and the costs associated with the transfer of rights have been completely removed. However, a notable increase in renewal fees is expected. Previously, renewal fees for a 25-year period ranged from €90 to €180. Under the new framework, fees will start at €150 and rise to €700 by the fourth renewal cycle. This adjustment may disproportionately affect industries with longer product life cycles, such as automotive and industrial design, compared to industries like fashion, which are less impacted by the fee increase.

Enhanced protection of rights 

The EU reform clarifies key aspects of design visibility. From now on, visibility is no longer a general requirement for protection, except for components of complex products. This revision eliminates past ambiguities and extends protection to a wider range of contemporary and diverse designs.

A major innovation is the introduction of the repair clause. This provision removes legal protection for spare parts necessary to restore the appearance of a complex product, limiting exclusive rights in this domain. The measure strikes a balance between design protection and competition in the spare parts market. However, it requires manufacturers to inform consumers about the origin of the products used for repairs, enhancing transparency and enabling informed choices.

In the realm of 3D printing, the reform introduces an exclusive right allowing rights holders to prohibit the creation, dissemination, and use of digital files capable of reproducing a protected design via 3D printing. Although this technology remains relatively uncommon in households, the provisions anticipate its potential growth, safeguarding creators’ rights in this emerging field.

Lastly, the reform extends rights holders’ protections to goods in transit within the European Union, even if their final destination is outside EU territory. This change strengthens the enforcement of intellectual property rights in a globalized context, addressing the challenges posed by counterfeit goods in international trade.

Alternative dispute resolution and legal certainty 

The reform encourages EU Member States to establish administrative mechanisms for contesting the validity of national designs. Inspired by the EUIPO model for the European trademark (oppositions and cancelation actions), this approach offers a less expensive and faster alternative to traditional judicial procedures.

Additionally, the requirement for first disclosure within the EU has been abolished. Now, the initial disclosure of a design outside the EU can confer protection as an unregistered design. This change eliminates ambiguities from previous regulations, an important aspect in the post-Brexit context, where many designers chose the UK for their first presentations. This clarification further harmonizes the legal framework and reduces uncertainties for creators operating across multiple markets.

Key challenges to monitor 

While the reform has integrated significant advances for the digital age, uncertainties remain regarding the protection of AI-generated designs. This rapidly growing area raises fundamental questions about the adequacy of current legal frameworks, making it essential to ensure effective protection tailored to these new forms of creation.

Additionally, the growing divergences between EU and UK regimes, exacerbated by Brexit, require close attention. Creators and businesses must exercise caution to harmonize their design protection strategies in these two now-distinct territories, minimizing legal and commercial risks associated with this fragmentation.

Timeline and future prospects 

The new provisions will take effect in May 2025 for the regulation, while Member States have until December 2027 to transpose the directive into their national laws. This phased approach aims to ensure a harmonized application of the new rules across the European Union, offering creators an adjustment period.

The EU design reform represents a significant step forward in modernizing the legal framework and addressing 21st-century challenges. By clarifying key concepts, simplifying processes, and anticipating technological developments, the European Union offers a robust and inclusive system. For businesses and creators operating in Europe, adapting swiftly to these changes is essential to maximize the protection and competitiveness of their designs.

For assistance with managing and protecting your designs, our intellectual property experts are at your service. Dreyfus Law Firm with an international network of lawyers specializing in Intellectual Property.

 

Join us on social media!

Instagram

LinkedIn

 

Read More

Case Study on Trademark Fraud Allegations in France: Hot Couture’s Pierre Cadault from Netflix Hit Series “Emily in Paris”

Breaking Down INPI’s Landmark Decision: A Tale of Two Industries

 The French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) recently addressed an intriguing trademark dispute that caught the entertainment industry’s attention. The case, involving a character name from the popular Netflix series “Emily in Paris,” has illuminated crucial aspects of bad faith trademark registration claims in the entertainment sector. The dispute centered on a trademark registration filed for cosmetics under Class 3, strategically positioned two months after the series premiere. The contested trademark is related to a fictional character portrayed as an extravagant couturier in the series, creating an unexpected intersection between beauty, fashion, and trademark law.

 

The INPI’s investigation delved deep into the chronology of events. Their analysis revealed “insufficient evidence” to establish the trademark holder’s awareness of prior use at the filing date. Despite the character “Pierre Cadault” prominently featured in the series as a renowned fashion designer, the evidence failed to demonstrate that the name “Cadault” alone had achieved meaningful recognition in France during the crucial initial months following the show’s release.

 

The art of proving bad faith: Beyond surface-level analysis

 A pivotal element in the INPI’s decision rested on the distinction between industries. While acknowledging the subtle connection between high fashion and cosmetics, the INPI determined that cosmetics operate in a separate commercial sphere from haute couture. This industry differentiation substantially weakened any presumed connection between the character’s name and the registered trademark category.

 

The INPI emphasized a fundamental principle: “mere awareness” of prior use does not constitute fraudulent intent. The burden of proving bad faith registration demands concrete evidence that the filing was specifically calculated to prevent a third party from utilizing a necessary business identifier. The timing of the registration, occurring two and a half months post-series launch, combined with the absence of communication between parties, significantly influenced the final determination.

 

The INPI’s reasoning revealed a subtle understanding of practical trademark enforcement. The notable absence of any legal action by the trademark holder to prevent the character’s name use in the series substantially undermined claims of malicious intent. This passive approach contrasted sharply with typical bad-faith scenarios, where trademark holders actively pursue cease-and-desist measures or legal proceedings.

 

A framework precision for evaluating bad faith

 The decision carried significant implications for the intersection of entertainment properties and trademark rights. The INPI acknowledged that while obtaining an injunction to prevent character name use would be legally challenging, potential conflicts could arise if Viacom pursued character-based cosmetic products. This nuanced observation highlights the complex relationship between entertainment content and commercial trademark rights.

 

This decision clarifies the framework for assessing bad faith in entertainment-related trademark registrations. The ruling emphasizes the critical importance of substantial evidence, industry context, and practical commercial implications. Future disputes will likely reference this decision’s “balanced approach” to evaluating trademark validity in the entertainment sector.

 

Conclusion

 The INPI’s thorough analysis offers valuable guidance for navigating the complex landscape of entertainment property rights and trademark protection. The decision underscores the necessity of considering both immediate and potential future commercial applications when evaluating trademark registration intent. This forward-looking perspective ensures that trademark protection serves its intended purpose without unduly restricting creative expression in the entertainment industry.

 

The ruling’s subtle approach to analyzing bad faith claims provides a robust framework that balances the legitimate interests of trademark applicants with those of entertainment property rights holders. As the entertainment industry continues to evolve, this decision will serve as a crucial reference point for resolving similar disputes, ensuring fair and practical outcomes in the dynamic intersection of entertainment and trademark law.

 

 At Dreyfus Law Firm, we recognize that the entertainment and media landscape present unique challenges for trademark protection, as evidenced by the recent “Emily in Paris” case. Our expertise lies in navigating these complex intersections between creative content and trademark rights. We guide entrepreneurs and companies through the intricate process of establishing and defending their trademark rights, particularly when industries overlap, as we saw with the fashion and cosmetics sectors in this case. “Bad faith claims” require sophisticated analysis and compelling evidence, but they are insufficient to demonstrate prior use or knowledge. Dreyfus Law Firm excels at building comprehensive strategies that consider both immediate concerns and future commercial implications. Our team prides itself on helping clients understand the practical aspects of trademark enforcement while ensuring their intellectual property assets are properly protected across multiple industries and jurisdictions.

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property law.

Join us on social media!

Instagram

Linkedin

Read More

Co-branding: Strategy, Opportunities, and Challenges

By Dreyfuslawfirm

 

Co-branding has emerged as an indispensable strategy for companies aiming to extend their influence, enhance brand equity, and foster product innovation. However, this form of multi-brand collaboration necessitates meticulous planning and rigorous scrutiny due to its inherent risks. This article delves into the essential elements of co-branding, both from marketing and legal perspectives, while also identifying the opportunities and challenges associated with these strategic alliances.

 

Strategic Alignment and Value Convergence

The success of co-branding hinges on the precise strategic alignment between partner brands. These entities must share fundamental values and pursue compatible strategic goals, a condition necessary to establish a seamless collaboration and leverage potential synergies. Furthermore, each brand must target similar or complementary audiences to ensure a positive market impact and maximize the partnership’s overall outcome.

Mutual Benefits and Complementary Competencies

The core of successful co-branding lies in the creation of shared value. Co-branding thrives when each partner leverages its unique strengths: one brand may possess cutting-edge technological expertise, while another has established market recognition. By merging these distinct competencies, brands can offer high-value products or services unattainable independently, generating synergistic outcomes that exceed the sum of individual contributions.

Reputation and Risk Management

The reputation of partners is a critical factor in co-branding initiatives. Associating with a brand that has a questionable or undeveloped reputation can impair the overall image of the initiating company. Thus, thorough due diligence is paramount to evaluate the prospective partner’s stability and ensure their alignment with the project’s dynamics. Risks, including those related to consumer perception, must be identified and thoroughly assessed.

Legal Considerations: Intellectual Property and Contractual Agreements

Legal considerations are fundamental in ensuring the stability and viability of a co-branding partnership. Intellectual property (IP) rights concerning trademarks, logos, and co-created content must be clearly defined from the outset. Comprehensive contractual agreements are necessary to delineate each party’s roles and responsibilities, including revenue-sharing clauses and financial obligations. These agreements should incorporate predetermined dispute resolution mechanisms aimed at preventing and managing potential conflicts throughout the collaboration.

 

Quality Control and Consumer Perception

Quality control is another major aspect of co-branding. The perceived quality of co-branded products or services must be maintained to avoid damaging the brand image, which could negatively impact both entities. Quality standards must be established early and adhered to strictly to ensure consistency and protect the reputation of each partner.

 

Recent Statistics: Growth and Evolution of Co-branding

Recent data underscores the growing prevalence of co-branding: approximately 65% of marketing executives view these partnerships as essential for brand growth. Moreover, 71% of consumers report being more inclined to purchase a product co-branded with a trusted brand. These statistics highlight the importance of selecting strategic partners to maximize growth and reinforce consumer trust.

 

Expanding Industries and Digital Integration

Several sectors are distinguished by their effective use of co-branding:

– Technology: Partnerships between technology firms and health applications.

– Food and Beverages: Creation of unique products through collaborations between snack and confectionery brands.

– Fashion: Limited-edition collections that are often highly publicized and impactful.

– Automotive: Integration of advanced technologies through collaborations with high-tech companies.

 

These industries leverage co-branding to innovate, reach new market segments, and create unique value propositions, often utilizing digital strategies such as video marketing on social media platforms.

Challenges and Risks of Co-branding

Despite its numerous benefits, co-branding also presents challenges. Among the most significant are brand dilution, differences in corporate culture, and quality control issues. A major difficulty is ensuring equitable benefit distribution between partners to avoid tensions or resentment. Proactive management, through clear contracts and regular communication, is crucial to prevent these issues and guarantee the partnership’s success.

Conclusion: Optimizing Co-branded Collaborations

Co-branding offers a unique opportunity to expand each brand’s reach and enhance overall credibility, provided that the inherent challenges are fully understood. Rigorous strategic planning, structured risk management, and a clear delineation of roles and responsibilities are essential for maximizing success. With a methodical approach and anticipation of obstacles, companies can effectively leverage the unique advantages of co-branding while mitigating potential pitfalls.

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property.

Follow us on social media!

Instagram

LinkedIn

 

Read More

France’s IP Legislation: Mastering Trademarks in a Global Playground

The French Intellectual Property Legal Framework: A Comprehensive Overview

The foundation of intellectual property (IP) law in France is a testament to its historical influence on legal traditions and reflects its progressive adaptation to new technological developments and globalization. The French IP system, particularly in the realm of trademarks, is robust, detailed, and harmonized with international conventions. It is structured to protect the creativity and innovations of individuals and companies alike.

 

The Core of French Trademark Law

 France’s trademark law is primarily governed by Law No. 91-7 of January 4, 1991, which was amended by Ordinance No. 2019-1169 of November 13, 2019. These laws are codified in the French Intellectual Property Code (FIPC), which forms the backbone of domestic regulations. The amendments have largely been driven by the need to align French law with broader European Union directives and international standards.

 

Trademarks in France serve as legal instruments that safeguard distinct business identifiers, names, logos, designs, and even sounds by ensuring exclusive rights to their use. The legal system also extends protection to non-traditional trademarks, including motion marks, holograms, and multimedia representations. The core requirements for trademark protection in France are quite clear: a trademark must be capable of distinguishing goods or services from those of others and be capable of being represented clearly in the official registry. The National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) is the official body responsible for regulating trademarks in France.

 

A Global Player in Intellectual Property

France is not isolated in its legal approach to intellectual property. It actively participates in several key international agreements that shape global IP law. Among these, the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (1883) and the Madrid Agreement (1892) have been foundational. Additionally, France’s signature on the TRIPS Agreement (1994) aligns it with international trade obligations, while agreements such as the Nice Agreement (1957) ensure a harmonized classification of goods and services worldwide. These treaties facilitate the international registration of trademarks and create a cohesive framework that allows French businesses to compete globally while protecting their intellectual property.

 

International agreements simplify the process of cross-border trademark registrations and provide mechanisms for French entities to enforce their rights in other jurisdictions. For instance, the Madrid Protocol (1997) and the Vienna Agreement (1973) offer frameworks for international classification and protection of figurative marks.

 

Establishing and Enforcing Rights: The Role of Registration

While registration is not mandatory to establish trademark ownership in many jurisdictions, in France, unregistered trademarks are not afforded legal protection. The concept of “common law” trademarks does not exist in French law. However, owners of well-known marks, defined under Article 6-bis of the Paris Convention, can use provisions under French tort law to prevent the misuse of similar signs. In practical terms, registration with the INPI ensures a more straightforward path to enforcement, including access to specialized courts and legal remedies in infringement cases.

 

Once registered, a French trademark is valid for a period of 10 years, and the registration can be renewed indefinitely. The registration also provides a presumption of validity, simplifying legal disputes related to ownership and use. Notably, the non-use of a trademark over a five-year period opens the door for third-party cancellation actions.

 

Challenging a Trademark: Opposition and Cancellation Proceedings

The French trademark system allows third parties to challenge applications and existing registrations. Once a trademark application is filed, it is published in the Trademark Gazette, opening a two-month window for opposition. Oppositions can be based on prior rights, including existing trademarks, copyright, company names, or geographical indications.

 

Cancellation proceedings are equally vital in maintaining the integrity of the trademark register. Such actions may be based on grounds including the lack of distinctiveness, bad faith, or non-use. The process typically involves multiple exchanges of evidence and legal arguments between the parties. Moreover, if a trademark is found to be misleading, deceptive, or descriptive, it can be invalidated.

 Online and Digital Dimensions of Trademark Protection

As the world becomes increasingly digitized, the protection of trademarks in online environments has gained prominence. Under the Electronic Post and Telecommunications Code, French law provides mechanisms to cancel or transfer infringing domain names. Domain names, which hold significant commercial value, can form part of opposition proceedings if they have established sufficient recognition among the public.

 

Infringement in the online space is treated similarly to traditional forms of infringement, with courts recognizing the unique challenges posed by digital platforms. Trademarks can also be enforced under the French unfair competition law, which extends protection against unfair commercial practices, particularly in cases where foreign well-known trademarks are involved.

 

Licensing and Assignment: Managing Trademark Rights

Trademarks, as valuable business assets, can be licensed or assigned, partially or wholly, for specific goods and services. Licensing agreements, when recorded with the INPI, allow for easier enforcement of trademark rights and enable the licensee to pursue infringement claims if authorized. The assignment of trademarks, which can be for tax purposes or business restructuring, must be executed in writing and signed by both parties.

 

Recording such transactions is not mandatory for validity, but it is crucial for enforceability against third parties. The INPI manages the recorded licenses and assignments with processes designed to be efficient and cost-effective.

 

Conclusion: The Future of French Intellectual Property Law

France’s intellectual property legal framework is a dynamic system that balances tradition with modern innovation. Its alignment with international standards and robust domestic regulations ensures that businesses operating within its jurisdiction can effectively protect and enforce their intellectual property. As new technologies emerge, the French legal system will likely continue to adapt, ensuring that its IP laws remain relevant and responsive to the needs of creators and businesses alike.

 

At Dreyfus Law Firm, our team is well-versed in the intricacies of the French IP legal framework, ensuring that our clients confidently navigate the complexities of trademark registration, enforcement, and international agreements. We understand the unique challenges that arise in today’s digital landscape and are committed to providing tailored solutions that protect your creative assets.

 

By partnering with Dreyfus Law Firm, companies can effectively manage their intellectual property portfolios and safeguard their innovations. Our comprehensive approach facilitates smooth registration processes and equips clients with strategies to tackle potential infringements and disputes. With our guidance, businesses can focus on what they do best, innovating, while we handle the legal intricacies of IP management. Choose Dreyfus Law Firm to ensure your intellectual property is in expert hands!

 

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property.

Follow us on social media!

Instagram

LinkedIn

Read More

Likelihood of confusion and trademark distinctiveness : Paris Bar v Bar Paris and ZERO MEAT v MEAT ZERO

Two recent trademark dispute decisions, Paris Bar v Bar Paris and ZERO MEAT v MEAT ZERO, provide valuable insights into how the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) and the European General Court (EGC) assess similarity, distinctiveness, and the likelihood of confusion between trademarks. These cases highlight the complexities involved in trademark disputes and illustrate the fine lines that can determine the outcome of such cases.

Bar Paris v Paris Bar (T-117/23)

v

Background

On June 28, 2019, Superstudio 21 GmbH filed an application for the European Union trademark registration of the sign for foodstuffs and restaurant services. Kantstraße Paris Bar GmbH opposed the registraton based on its earlier German trademark, which covered similar services. Initially, the EUIPO’s Opposition Division upheld the opposition, but this decision was later annulled by the EUIPO’s Board of Appeal (BoA), leading to the General Court’s final decision.

Court Findings

The General Court focused on the descriptive nature of the word elements ‘Paris Bar’ and ‘Bar Paris’, given their association with Parisian culture and gastronomy. Despite their arrangement, these elements were considered lowly distinctive. The inclusion of a Gallic rooster as a figurative element in the contested trademark was deemed as distinctive and dominant as the word elements. However, the court ruled that there was only a low degree of visual similarity on account of the inversed order of the words, a high degree of phonetic similarity, and a limited conceptual impact due to the generic nature of the words.

The Court confirmed the Board of Appeal’s finding that the inherent distinctiveness of the earlier mark is very low. The opponent’s claim of increased distinctiveness due to intensive use was rejected because of insufficient evidence relating to one single bar in Berlin.

Ultimately, the General Court ruled out the likelihood of confusion based on the visual perception of the trademarks, which it considered predominant in the context of buying foodstuffs and visiting restaurant. This decision emphasizes the importance of visual differences in distinguishing trademarks, especially when the word elements are considered generic or descriptive.

 

ZERO MEAT v MEAT ZERO (R 2052/2023-2)

 v

Background

On september 29, 2021, CPF Food and Beverage Co., Ltd. applied for registration of the ‘ZERO MEAT’ trademark for meat substitutes, which was opposed by Norma based on their earlier ‘MEAT ZERO’ trademark. The opposition was initially upheld due to a likelihood of confusion, but the decision was overturned by the Board of Appeal.

Board of Appeal’s decision

The BoA found that the words ‘zero’ and ‘meat’ are basic English terms understood across the European Union, thus possessing low distinctiveness. The arrangement of these words and the inclusion of a numeral and color differences in the trademarks contributed to their overall impression, which the BoA found distinct enough to avoid confusion. Indeed, the different layout and color shades were significant enough to differentiate the trademarks in the market.

Finally, both trademarks referred to meat-free products and an environmentally friendly ethos, yet this was not enough to confuse the average consumer due to the non-distinctive nature of the descriptive words used.

Conclusion

The decisions in both Paris Bar v Bar Paris and ZERO MEAT v MEAT ZERO underline the importance of the distinctiveness of the elements that compose a trademark in determining the likelihood of confusion. These cases demonstrate that non-distinctive or descriptive elements afford a limited scope of protection, which is a crucial consideration for businesses when developing brand identifiers.

Finally, these decisions which do not appear to be in line with the case of the Court of Justice of the European Union might encourage a reevaluation of the CJEU’s approach regarding the weight given to the distinctiveness of earlier trademarks.

Read More

Enhance Your Intangible Assets with the IP Strategy Diagnostic

At Dreyfus, we understand the critical importance of protecting and valuing your company’s intangible assets. This is why we offer tailored support through the IP Strategy Diagnostic, an initiative supported by Bpifrance.

What is the IP Strategy Diagnostic?

The IP Strategy Diagnostic, implemented by Bpifrance, is designed to assist innovative Start-ups, SMEs, and mid-sized companies. It provides financial aid covering 80% of consulting costs, up to a maximum of €10,000 excluding VAT. This initiative aims to develop a suitable intellectual property (IP) strategy, enabling the valuation of your intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, designs, software, and data.

Objectives of the IP Strategy Diagnostic

The primary goal of the IP Strategy Diagnostic is to strengthen your IP strategy, which is essential for your company’s growth. Key objectives include:

 

Identifying and evaluating your assets : Determine the strengths and improvement areas of your intangible assets.

Securing professional relationships : Protect IP aspects in your interactions with clients, partners, and employees.

Developing an action plan : Implement concrete steps for the protection and valuation of your assets, aligned with your commercial strategy.

Competitive analysis : Understand the IP strategies of other market players and anticipate potential challenges.

 

 Implementation Process

The IP Strategy Diagnostic process involves several stages :

 

  1. Initial assessment : Analyze existing intangible assets in relation to your projects and market.
  2. Strategy definition : Develop an IP strategy with specific actions to protect and value your assets.
  3. Implementation and training : Propose suitable training and implement the recommended actions.

 

 Costs and Funding

The total cost of this service ranges from €3,000 to €10,000 excluding VAT, depending on your company’s complexity and specific needs. With Bpifrance’s subsidy covering 80% of the costs, you can receive financial support ranging from €2,400 to €8,000 excluding VAT.

 Eligibility Criteria

 

The IP Strategy Diagnostic is available to independent Start-ups, SMEs, and mid-sized companies registered in France, with fewer than 2,000 employees. To benefit, a prequalification phase with an expert recognized by Bpifrance is required. Once validated, you can submit your funding request through your online Bpifrance account.

 

 Dreyfus Expertise

With over 30 years of experience, Dreyfus is renowned for supporting companies in protecting and valuing their intangible assets. Our experts assist you in:

 

– Feasibility assessment of your projects : Analyzing objectives, markets, strengths, and constraints.

Development of your IP strategy : Creating and managing your IP portfolios.

Valuation of your assets : Conducting audits, evaluations, and providing investor advice.

–  Protection of your assets : Managing disputes, opposition, arbitration, and mediation.

Contract drafting : Negotiating and drafting IP-related agreements and business contracts.

–  Competitive intelligence : Technical and legal monitoring.

Training and awareness : Custom training programs to meet your needs.

 

 Conclusion

At Dreyfus, we are committed to helping you optimize the value of your intangible assets and secure your operations with a well-defined intellectual property strategy. Contact us to learn more about our support and how we can assist you in benefiting from Bpifrance’s IP Strategy Diagnostic.

Read More

Outsmarting Dupes: Essential Strategies to Protect and Enhance Your Trademarks


In an increasingly globalised world, companies are faced with a growing problem: dupes. Dupes have become an increasingly prevalent phenomenon in the field of intellectual property, especially in trademark and design enforcement.

A dupe is a product inspired by an original product that attempts to capture the look, style and even the packaging of the original product, without being an exact reproduction. Duplicate” is neither a reproduction nor an imitation or copy. Unlike counterfeiting, which illegally reproduces a protected brand, dupes often play in legal grey areas. They use names, logos or packaging that evoke the original without copying them directly. In fact, the aim of the dupe manufacturer is not to make people believe that his articles are those of the brand from which he takes his inspiration, but to capture the attention of consumers by following in the footsteps of the trademark owner, without however copying exactly the distinctive elements of that brand.

 

How can companies effectively protect their trademarks and innovations in an environment where dupes exploit legal grey areas without explicitly breaking intellectual property laws?

 

Dupes can seriously compromise companies’ revenues by offering low-cost alternatives. While some consumers knowingly buy an imitation, many others are fooled by the striking resemblance into believing they are buying a genuine product for less.

 

However, the quality of these ‘inspired products’ is often much lower than that of the originals, which can seriously damage the reputation of the original trademark. When consumers associate the poor quality of dupes with the genuine trademark, this can lead to a decline in trust and loyalty.

 

Pursuing legal action against dupe manufacturers is often a complex and expensive process. It requires considerable resources, both in terms of time and money, but it is essential to protect trademarks and maintain their integrity in the marketplace.

A few strategies to counter the harmful effects of dupes

 

In order to secure your trademark rights, it is essential to set up active market surveillance in order to quickly detect dupes. To do this, it is advisable to use online monitoring tools that can identify imitations on e-commerce platforms, social networks and other distribution channels. These sophisticated monitoring systems can provide immediate alerts if suspicious products are detected, enabling a rapid and appropriate response.

 

It is also essential to ensure that your trademarks and designs are properly registered and protected in all the territories in which you operate. This protection must include not only trademarks, but also copyrights and patents, where applicable. This may involve registering and protecting your packaging as a trademark. Distinctive and unique packaging can be legally protected, strengthening the defence against dupes. Well-designed and protected packaging can deter imitators and facilitate legal action against them. Protecting packaging also helps to maintain brand integrity and image.

 

Working with other companies to fight counterfeiters can also be very effective. Partnerships can include sharing information about counterfeiters and taking joint action to put pressure on online sales platforms to remove adverts for counterfeit products. Cross-sector cooperation can enhance the effectiveness of anti-counterfeiting measures.

 

Finally, it is advisable to implement traceability technologies such as QR codes or RFID (radio frequency identification) chips to enable consumers to check the authenticity of your products. These technologies can also help track and identify dupe distribution points. Increased traceability improves product transparency and safety, while making it easier to take action against counterfeiters.

Conclusion

Dupes represent a major challenge for businesses, but with a proactive strategy and concrete actions, it is possible to protect your trademarks and minimise their negative impacts. By combining market surveillance, legal protection, consumer education and the use of advanced technologies, you can strengthen the defence of your intellectual property.

Join us on social media!

LinkedIn  

Instagram

 

 

Read More

What Are the Challenges of Defending Your Intellectual Property Rights?

lightbulb, invention, creation, protectionAs an intellectual property (IP) owner, it is essential to protect your rights and defend your IP against infringement. However, this can be difficult and complex, as there are a variety of challenges that can arise when attempting to protect your IP.

 

 

The first challenge is the cost of defending your rights. IP litigation can be expensive, especially when involving a large company or multiple parties. The cost of litigation includes legal fees, court costs, and expert witness fees. Additionally, you must consider the opportunity cost of taking time away from your business or research to pursue IP litigation.

 

 

The second challenge is the time and effort involved in defending your IP. IP litigation can be lengthy and complex, often taking years to resolve. You must be prepared to invest significant time and resources into the process, from researching the law to preparing legal documents and attending court proceedings.

 

 

The third challenge is the risk of not being able to successfully defend your IP. Even if you have a strong legal case and a good strategy, there is no guarantee that you will prevail in court. In addition, the court may order you to pay the other party’s legal fees if you lose the case.

 

 

The fourth challenge is the difficulty of enforcing a favorable judgment. Even if you win your case and the court orders the other party to stop infringing your IP, it can be difficult to actually enforce the judgment.

 

This is especially true if the other party is located in a different jurisdiction or is a large corporation with significant resources.

 

 

The fifth challenge is the risk of negative publicity. IP litigation can be very public, and the media may report on the case. This can put a negative light on your business or research, and may even affect your ability to attract investors or customers.

 

 

Finally, IP owners must be aware of the risk of counterclaims. The other party may file a counterclaim against you in an attempt to avoid liability or to shift the blame. These counterclaims can be difficult to defend against and may require additional resources and legal fees.

 

 

Overall, defending your IP rights can be a complicated and expensive process. As an IP owner, it is important to understand the risks and challenges associated with IP litigation and to be prepared to address them. While the process can be difficult, it is essential to protecting your valuable IP rights.

 

 

 

 

We offer our clients a dedicated and unique experience of expertise that is necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets.  We will also endeavor to keep you informed and up-to-date about intellectual property and digital economic issues through our articles and newsletters written by the Dreyfus Legal Team.

Read More

What is an intellectual property attorney?

An intellectual property attorney is a lawyer specialized in intellectual property law, who has a mission to support the protection of intellectual creations. Intellectual property law includes industrial property such as patents, trademarks and designs, as well as literary and artistic property. Intellectual property lawyers have a unique set of skills and knowledge related to filing, drafting contracts, as well as litigation related to intellectual property rights.

The purpose of an intellectual property lawyer is to assist individuals and businesses in protecting their intellectual property rights. This includes providing legal advice and representation to clients involved in the development, protection and enforcement of their intellectual property rights, primarily in the areas of patent, trademark, design and copyright.

Patents: A patent is a government grant that gives the owner exclusive rights to make and sell his invention. To obtain a patent, you must file a patent application with the national or regional Intellectual Property Office and meet the criteria for patentability including novelty, inventive step and industrial application. An intellectual property lawyer can assist in the patent application process, as well as in the application of a patent.

Trademarks: A trademark is a sign that distinguishes the products or services of a company from those of its competitors. The trademark can be a word, a name, a logo, etc. or a combination of these elements. Being one of the industrial property rights, it is necessary for the owner to file the trademark application with the coorect office. In order to be registered, the trademark must also meet certain criteria, including availability, distinctiveness and lawfulness. Trademarks have a central place in the work of intellectual property attorneys because they are important assets and the capital of companies.

Designs: Intellectual property lawyers also assist clients with the protection of designs. They protect the appearance of a product or part of a product characterized by lines, contours, colors, etc.

Copyright: Copyright is the legal protection of an original work expressed in tangible form. Copyright protects not only literary works, but also musical, graphic, and sound creations, as well as software and applied art. Although copyright is automatically protected without procedures, it is recommended to file the application for registration. An intellectual property lawyer can assist in the registration and enforcement of a copyright.

 

An intellectual property lawyer is an important asset for individuals and companies seeking to protect their intellectual property. The role of intellectual property lawyers contributes significantly to the development of technology as well as the economy.

 

 

 

This article is current as of the date of its publication and does not necessarily reflect the present state of the law or relevant regulation.

Read More

Are Perfumes and Clothing Similar Products Under Trademark Law ?

Paris Judicial Court, 3rd section, April 5, 2022, 20/12763

Sun Consulting SARL and M. Y W vs H&M Hennes & Mauritz LP et H&M Hennes & Mauritz SARL

In a judgment dated April 5, 2022, the Third Chamber of the Paris Court of Justice ruled on an infringement action between the European Union trademark “CREMIEUX” covering clothing, footwear and apparel products and the trademark “RUE CREMIEUX” under which perfumes are marketed.

In this case, despite the plaintiffs’ argument that stated that clothing and perfumes were similar goods regarding their complementarity and the close connection of their aesthetic function, the Court rejected the infringement action for lack of similarity between these products.

 

The owner of a trademark may prohibit the use, without their consent of a sign identical or similar to their trademark by a third party. This is to be noted in such circumstances, for example

• when such use occurs in the course of a trade,
• when relating to identical or similar goods and services to those for which the trademark has been registered and
• when there is the possibility for a likelihood of confusion, ie. undermining or initiating liability that could undermine the guarantee of the identity of origin, which is an essential function of the trademark.

Although French and European courts regularly encounter the issue of similarity between perfumes and clothing, uncertainties persist concerning the assessment of this similarity.

Which factors should be used to assess the degree of similarity between goods?

On several occasions, the Court of Justice of the European Union has stated different relevant factors to be used in assessing the degree of similarity between goods or services. The nature, purpose, use, distribution channels, or the competitive or complementary nature of the goods or services concerned, are taken into account.

 

Nevertheless, if such criteria is lacking, the European Court of Justice admits that a degree of similarity can remain if the goods present a certain aesthetic complementarity.

This complementarity will be retained when three cumulative conditions are fulfilled.

i) One product must be indispensable or important over the use of another.
ii) Consumers must consider the use of the goods together as usual and normal.
iii) Consumers must consider it common place for these goods to be marked under the same trademark.

The Court of Cassation (Supreme Court) adopts a different approach in comparison to that of the Court of Justice, whereby they look at whether the consumer is able to attribute to a common origin the goods and/or services at issue. However, if this interpretation is applied too widely, it could lead to qualifying goods as similar, thereby confirming that a risk of confusion is not altogether impossible or out of the question.

Even though the condition of trademark infringement must be interpreted in light of the risk of confusion, Article 9 of Regulation 2017/1001 states that the concept of similarity is both a necessary condition and an interdependent criteria of the risk of confusion. Therefore, the similarity of goods or services cannot depend on the possibility of a likelihood of confusion as it is the latter that depends in part on the similarity.

 

Can perfumes and clothing be considered similar goods under these factors?

In the present case, the Third Chamber of the Court of First Instance, considers that clothes and perfumes do not share the same nature or purpose and are not usually sold in the same stores.

Although they may have a similar function of enhancing the wearers appearance, this function is secondary and not convincing.
The primary function of clothing obeys and follows the rules of a purely functional purpose while perfume has for finality, the diffusion or intermingling of a pleasant smell. Therefore, the common use of both clothes and perfume during daily outdoor activities is not sufficient enough to characterize a relevant factor of similarity.

 

But what about aesthetic complementarity?

 

The Court found that perfumes were not important or even indispensable for the use of clothing, and that clothing was not important for the use of perfumes either.

 

This judgment may seem surprising regarding the jurisprudence issued by the Court of Appeal on the similarity between perfumes and clothing.

 

Indeed, in a decision dated September 23, 2021, the Court of Appeal of Aix-en-Provence had recognized as justified, the opposition to the registration of a trademark filed with the INPI for clothing. This was purely on the basis of an earlier trademark registered for perfumes and cosmetics.

 

The decision by the Court of Appeal was mainly based on the presence of identical distribution networks.

 

The Court of Appeal also attributed a significant role to the aesthetic function, which, according to the Court of Justice, cannot be considered as a sufficient factor.

 

This trend, which aims to make the principle of speciality more flexible, is mainly reflected in the luxury sector where well-known trademarks are very present.

 

In consideration of this fact, many decisions recognize the similarity between goods in class 3 (perfumes and cosmetics), goods in class 25 (clothing) or even classes 14 (jewellery) and 18 (leather goods).

 

Indeed, houses such as Louis Vuitton or Maison Margiela offer both clothes for sale and, to conquer a wider audience, perfumes. However, this diversity of products can also be found in non-luxury brands, with different ranges, such as Zara or Lacoste.

 

In this judgment, the Court of Justice goes against a French jurisprudential trend which qualifies perfumes and clothing as similar. Furthermore, according to the Third Chamber of the Court, the fact that fashion companies market perfumes under their own brand name, cannot be a sufficient factor to make these products similar.

 

Is it impossible to file an infringement action against a trademark offering perfumes for sale on the basis of an earlier trademark registered for clothing? And is this also the case vice versa?

 

In retrospect, it must be noted that even though it may not be necessarily so, the decision shows that the chances of success could very well be limited.

 

Nevertheless, French courts do not yet give a unified and homogeneous answer on this subject and decisions remain casuistic and sophistically cautious.

 

For example, the Paris Court of Appeal recently ruled in a decision dated September 14, 2022 that there was a risk of confusion between an earlier trademark filed for perfumery and cosmetics and a trademark intended to designate clothing. To determine this similarity, the Court based its decision on the fact that these products belong to the field of fashion, have the same aesthetic function, are targeted at the same clientele and can be marketed under the same trademarks by the same companies and distributed through the same distribution network.

 

Therefore, we will surely have to wait for the Court of Cassation‘s decision on this matter to obtain a standard and clearer answer in determining and ensuring a more specific and higher level of legal security and protection for trademark owners.

 

 

 

 

We offer our clients a dedicated and unique experience of expertise that is necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets. We will also endeavor to keep you informed and up-to-date about intellectual property and digital economic issues through our articles and newsletters written by the Dreyfus Legal Team.

 

Read More

Legal Watch : A public figure’s name constitutes a right that can be the basis for UDRP proceedings

Less than a month after the 2022 presidential elections, a WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center’s Expert rendered a decision regarding a domain name reproducing the name of the re-elected candidate Emmanuel Macron.

 

The domain name in dispute, <emmanuel-macron.com>, had been registered on the 3rd October 2015, during the time when Emmanuel Macron was still the Minister of Economy, Industry, and Digital Technology. Far from merely imitating the future president’s name, this litigious domain name would redirect to this website, which in fact, was the official website of the adverse polemist candidate during the 2022 presidential election. In this respect, we note that the domain name did not redirect to content related to Mr. Eric Zemmour before 2022 (according to an Archive.org search).

 

 

 

 

 

The complainant logically argues in their complaint that they must fulfill the requirements of paragraph 4(a) of the Policy, where it is specified that there are three cumulative elements necessary to claim the transfer of the disputed domain name.  These are :

 

♦ The similarity of the domain with a right of the complainant.

  • The lack of right or legitimate interest in the domain name on the respondent’s part.
  • The proof of bad faith registration and use by the registrant.

 

The interest of this case stands within two main points : the assessment of the similarity between the disputed domain name and the complainant’s prior rights, and the characterization of the registrant’s legitimate interest.

 

The complainant presents his arguments based on the existence of non-registered rights to the trademark “EMMANUEL MACRON”, a concept no longer existing under French law (except for well-known trademarks). If, by the simple fact that a domain name contains a family name that is not sufficient enough to justify an interest in bringing an action, it is important to note that under the Policy, the Experts’ assessment varies depending on the use of the family name made by the complainant. Here, the domain name was reproducing both the first name and the family name of Mr. Macron.

 

The Expert considers that when a person’s name is used as a trademark-like identifier in commerce, a complainant may be able to establish unregistered rights from that name to succeed in the UDRP proceedings. In this case, the Expert explains and outlines that the complainant’s use of the name “Emmanuel Macron” is not limited to his political activities but also extends to a commercial use being in this case, the publication and sale of books. Therefore, from the commercial use of his name, the complainant satisfies the requirements of the Expert. The Expert in retrospect acknowledges him as holding a non-registered trademark right. Therefore, the identity of the signs in comparison is established.

 

As trademark specialists, we would have appreciated a more puristic demonstration. In France, trademark rights cannot be acquired through simple use without registration (except for well known trademarks). In this case, it was up to the complainant to demonstrate that he had acquired trademark rights under Common Law or that the name “EMMANUEL MACRON” was a well-known trademark for certain goods and/or services.

 

We assume that the case was urgent and that the Expert wanted to do the right thing in this unacceptable situation. The complainant was fortunate that the case was assigned to an Expert who wanted to achieve a fair decision at the expense of trademark laws.

 

The Expert then raises the question of legitimate non-commercial or fair use of the domain name, according to paragraph 4(c)(iii) of the Policy.

In this case, the disputed domain name, redirects to the website of another opposing political figure. Therefore, the use of this domain name does not seem commercial and therefore, could more likely fall into the scope being freedom of speech.

 

However, previous experts have ruled that the right to legitimate criticism does not necessarily extend to the registration or use of a domain name which is identical to a trademark or a right, when it could create a risk of confusion through impersonation. Therefore, the use of the name EMMANUEL MACRON to redirect to his opponent’s website, Eric Zemmour, would incur a risk of implicit affiliation with the complainant.  This would also constitute, on the part of the respondent, an attempt to misleadingly divert Internet users, especially since the respondent cannot claim to be known or be recognized under the name “EMMANUEL MACRON”.

 

As a result, and according to paragraph 4 (c) (iii) of the Policy, the Expert has determined and decided that it cannot therefore, be considered as a legitimate non-commercial or fair use status. In conclusion, the registration and use in bad faith were also acknowledged for the same reasons. As the domain name was registered at the end of 2015, the panel observed that the complainant had already acquired significant notoriety as a public figure in France. Moreover, the redirection to the website of a political opponent was likely to mislead Internet users and disrupt the complainant’s activities.

 

In retrospect, this case could have been subject to much harsher and serious consequences, as the intent seemed to take the form of manipulating an electorate in the run up to the presidential election, rather than taking advantage for commercial purposes.

Read More

Personal data, intellectual property and consumer law: their challenges in the metaverse

Article MetaversThe concept of Metaverse is nothing new. This term was first introduced by Neal Stephenson, in his science-fiction novel  “Snow Crash” as a “form of human life and communication in a virtual three-dimensional space through a digital avatar”. As of today, this new world is no more science-fiction but part of our world.

Thus, this new virtual world raises some legal issues as to its use, especially when it comes to personal data, intellectual property and consumer law.

The metaverse is a 3D virtual world. Within this universe, users can live a complete immersive experience since they all can interact, buy, sell products, sell lands, etc.

The metaverse is a world full of opportunities as well as a world still in development. As a matter of facts, more and more individuals and companies have jumped into this new world where they both experience a unique experience. Because this is a virtual world, it is of legal interest and certain questions need to be raised.

 

 

What will be the applicable privacy laws in the metaverse?

When Facebook changed its name to Meta and introduced their vision of Metaverse, the trust people could have had toward the metaverse shifted. Thus, just as in the real world, the issue of personal data has an important place in the metaverse.

In a more general way, the virtual world is only a reflection of the real world. At the very least, it can be an improved version of reality.  As this world is virtual , the use of data becomes a major issue. As the data collected is different than in real world that involves numerous amount of information concerning the user, especially through their avatars as users are accurately represent by their avatars. Through their avatars, facial expressions, gestures or types of reactions that a person might have during their interactions in the metaverse can be collected.

 Because  facial expressions, gestures, or interactions can be collected, the traceability of users will be even more advanced than in the real world.

The European Union has the user’s data protected from being collected without their consent with the applicability of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Now the question is does the GDPR apply in the metaverse? Can the GDPR protect European nationals?

As per the Article 4 (1) of GDPR gives a broad definition of “personal data”. According to article 4(1), personal data is  any information which are related to an identified or identifiable natural person.

From this definition, the GDPR can indeed be applied in the metaverse. As the personal data is defined in a broad way, even indirect data can be considered as personal data. Therefore, as soon as a gesture or facial expression can be traced back to a person, it will be considered as personal data.

However, what about the territorial application of the GDPR? In fact, this Regulation only protects users when they are within the European Union.  Yet,  the metaverse, by definition, is a world without any borders.

 

Is Metaverse, facilitating counterfeiting?

The second issue raised by the metaverse is dealing with intellectual property law, and more specifically, about counterfeiting. There have been recent cases of counterfeiting in the metaverse, the most famous one being the MetaBirkin case.

On January 14, 2022, Hermès sued the artist Mason Rothschild for counterfeiting its Birkin bag. In fact, the latter had created a hundred or so NFTs in the shape of the Birkin bag, which he sold in the metaverse for cryptocurrency.

The French Intellectual Property Code defines counterfeiting as any violation of an intellectual property right, such as the reproduction, imitation, or total or partial use of a trademark, patent, model, copyright or software without the authorization of its owner (article L.335-2 French Intellectual Property Code). If a work or object belonging to a brand or artist is copied into the metaverse, there is a risk of infringement.

However, the question arises as to whether the products of small companies or the works of lesser known artists are counterfeit. While well-known brands or artists can effectively defend themselves against misuse of their brand or work in the metaverse, it is much more complicated for companies or artists who are unknown to the general public. Thus, there could be a disparity between the well-known people/companies and the “others”.

Hence, the best way to avoid such disparity but also to avoid any infringement, would be for companies or artists, whether they are known or not, to register trademarks covering virtual products or services. Similarly, one solution to avoid infringement of artists’ copyrights would be to use the blockchain. In fact, blockchain grants certificates ensuring a follow-up of the transactions and the originality of each world sold. As a result, a traceability of the work is in place, making it possible to avoid future counterfeiting.

 

Will consumer law apply to Metaverse?

As a mirror of the real world, users can buy and sell products. Because consumers find themselves buying products in this world, consumer law cannot be overlooked.

 Generally speaking, consumer law can be defined as all the legal and regulatory provisions designed to protect the consumer. Thus, as in the real world, the virtual world must be regulated and  governed by consumer law. The terms applicable in the real world will be applied in the virtual world and sanctioned in the same way.

The Commission National for Information Technology and Civil Liberties (CNIL) has looked into the issue of consumer law in the metaverse and has considered that consumers must receive enhanced information and be able to refuse without suffering the consequences. However, this seems complicated in the metaverse.

The metaverse offers infinite possibilities to its users, and to our society in general. However, the metaverse raises questions, particularly in terms of personal data protection and trademark law. Moreover, the metaverse, like the real world, offers its users the possibility of selling products. Consequently, consumer law must be applied there. In other words, the legal rules applicable in the real world must be respected in the virtual world, and some of them must be adapted to ensure the best protection of goods and users. As this technology is booming, it will be important to see how legislations adapt to this new world.

 

 

SEE ALSO…

 

♦ https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/2022/08/12/what-are-the-legal-issues-behind-the-registration-of-off-chain-nfts/

 

♦ https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/2022/03/11/metaverse-is-it-necessary-to-register-specific-trademarks-for-protection/

Read More

Why does good trademark protection in the Middle East require registration in Israel as well as in Palestine?

The Palestinian territory is the subject of much controversy, however, trademark rights are not as insignificant as they might seem.

There are several reasons why the Palestinian market should be considered in a Middle East brand protection strategy. In fact, despite the separation of the Israeli and Palestinian legal systems, it is almost impossible to separate the two markets into two jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

How to protect your trademark rights in Palestine?

 

There are a number of elements that illustrate the obvious geographical and commercial links that confirm that, in order to ensure full protection of trademark rights in the Middle East, it is essential to register trademarks not only in Israel, but also in Palestine. For Palestine, it is necessary to register trademarks in both the West Bank and Gaza, which have separate trademark jurisdictions. Naturally, Israeli and Palestinian jurisdictions require separate registration in each territory in order to fully protect and enforce trademark rights. However, obtaining protection in Israel is far from providing full protection if the mark has not been registered in Palestine. The opposite is also true.

 

So, what are the reasons for registering trademarks in both Israel and Palestine?

 

This is due to the geographical situation between Israel and Palestine. The economic reality is clear: 80% of Palestine’s foreign trade is with Israel.

This necessarily has an impact on the circulation of goods and services in the region. It is therefore advisable to register trademarks in both Israel and Palestine if you want to protect your trademark in the Middl East.

Thus, given the obvious geographical and commercial links between the two states, it seems crucial to have valid registrations in three different jurisdictions, namely Israel, the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, in order to obtain trademark rights in the region and ensure full protection.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

https://il.usembassy.gov/palestinian-affairs-unit/pau-business/economic-data-and-reports/

Read More

Validity of three-dimensional trademarks: Tic-Tac does not crack.

three-dimensional trademarks: Tic-Tac A three-dimensional trademark, featuring the shape or packaging of a product is valid, provided that this shape is not exclusively technical or practical in nature. Otherwise the shape would be necessary and therefore not protectable. This principle stands out in a decision of the Court of Appeal of Paris dated 15 February 2022.

FERRERO, which has been manufacturing and distributing TIC-TAC candies since 1971, is the owner of an international three-dimensional trademark designating France and two French three-dimensional trademarks. The company contested the participation of the Polish company BMB at the international food trade fair in Paris, and had a seizure carried out on a candy box similar to the famous TIC-TAC box. By deed dated 16 November 2016, FERRERO summoned BMB before the Paris TGI (High Court of First Instance) for trademark infringement and unfair and parasitic competition.

 

 

The court upheld these claims in a judgment dated 7 June 2019, and BMB appealed the decision. The Court of Appeal reaffirmed the validity of the three-dimensional mark, and concluded that the appellant’s goods constituted acts of infringement and unfair competition.

 

1. The affirmation of the validity of the three-dimensional trademark as a purely aesthetic object  

 

The court referred to the previous 1964 French law on trademarks and to Article L.711-2 of the French Intellectual Property Code, according to which the distinctive shape of the product or its packaging is considered a trademark, provided that this sign does not consist exclusively of the necessary or generic designation of the product or service.

To recall, the appellant used the presence of a lid to demonstrate that this mark consisted exclusively of the necessary designation of the product. It claimed that the opening and closing system was evident in the trade mark application and that the FERRERO companies had always presented the sign as having a flap lid and highlighted the existence of this element in their advertisements. In support of its claim, it added that the trade mark merely incorporated the patented solution, and that the three FERRERO patents demonstrated the technical and functional nature of each of the elements of the registered sign. The defendant retorted that the trade mark was a purely aesthetic object and form, and did not in itself show any technical result or form necessarily imposed by the function or nature of the goods designated.

The Court ruled in favour of the defendant, stating that, although the box as filed showed a recessed part in its upper part, the system for opening or closing the box was not apparent and this recessed part did not show any technical or functional result, regardless of the fact that the FERRERO companies had communicated the opening of a box of candies in their advertising, the validity of the trademark having to be assessed solely on the basis of the representation filed. As for the French trademarks whose shape associates the above-mentioned box with the small coloured oval sweets it contains, these are distinctive, thanks to a study revealing that a picture showing these small sweets was spontaneously attributed to the TIC TAC trademark by 70% of the 1073 people questioned.

 

2. A reminder on the assessment of the risk of confusion

The Court invoked Article L.713-3 b) of the French Intellectual Property Code in its old version. It recalled that the likelihood of confusion must be assessed by reference to the trademark registration, and that only the conditions of use of the contested sign and the marketing of the allegedly infringing goods must be taken into account, in respect of which the perception of the relevant public will be examined by reference to the sign and the goods and services referred to in the application.

This risk must also be analysed globally with regard to all relevant factors, and in particular the reputation of the mark. The overall assessment of the similarity of the trademark and the sign at stake must also be based on the overall impression they produce with regard to their distinctive and dominant elements.

The Court found that the comparison between the three-dimensional marks of FERRERO and the boxes presented by BMB shows significant similarities and that the visual differences do not alter the visual impression given by the signs in conflict and are not immediately apparent to the consumer concerned. Thus, the contested products appear to be imitations of the FERRERO marks, which generate a risk of confusion in the mind of the consumer who may confuse or associate the signs and consider that BMB’s products are a variation of the candy boxes covered by the FERRERO trademarks.

 

3. Clarification of the differences in the assessment of unfair competition and free riding

 

The court recalls that unfair competition and free-riding based on Article 1240 of the French Civil Code are identified by applying two distinct criteria. Indeed, unfair competition is based on the risk of confusion, a consideration that is foreign to free riding, which requires the circumstance that, for profit and in an unjustified manner, a person copies another person’s economic value which is the result of intellectual work and investment.

From these statements, it asserts that Ferrero, the French distributor of TIC TAC products, is entitled to argue that the acts of infringement committed to the detriment of the Italian company Ferrero, the owner of the counterfeit three-dimensional trademarks, constitute separate acts of unfair competition against it. They have in fact led to a risk of confusion between the products presented by the company and the TIC TAC products. Separate acts of parasitism also result from the fact that BMB unduly sought to take advantage of the strong recognition of the TIC TAC products by the French public

This review of the strict conditions for establishing the validity of a three-dimensional trademark based on its characteristics at the date of filing, as well as the practical consequences that a trademark can draw from them, is welcome news for companies wishing to benefit from the strategic perspectives offered by the filing of such a trademark.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

How could Louis Vuitton, a well-known brand, fail to prevent the registration of a competing trademark?

Online Trademark Protection

 

Read More

Family of trademarks and summary proceedings: from opportunism to trap?

Famille de marques et procédure en référé : de l’opportunisme au piège ?Don’t be fooled, although the argument of the family of trademarks can certainly be used to avoid the cancellation of a trademark for non-use, it can also work against you. This is partly the lesson taught by a decision rendered on December 17, 2021 by the Paris Court of Appeal (Paris Court of Appeal, Pôle 5, ch. 2, n° RG 20/17286), judging a summary judgment on appeal.

This decision also provided an opportunity to clarify a crucial and not uncommon point of law: the licensee’s standing to sue for infringement in the event of a referral to the interim relief judge.

 

Facts and procedure. – The first applicant, a natural person named Soraya, is the owner of the European Union word trademark SORAYA covering a swimwear and beachwear creation and distribution activity. She is also the owner of French and European Union semi-figurative trademarks composed of the name SORAYA.

 

These trademarks are exploited through a company, the second applicant, of which the owner of the trademarks is herself the manager and sole partner. The summary proceedings were brought on behalf of both the operating company and the trademark owner. A contract conferring an exclusive concession was previously concluded between the trademark owner and the company.

After becoming aware of the existence of a company called Soraya Beachwear Ltd. located in Switzerland, the licensee applied to the interim relief judge to obtain a temporary restraining order against it. The latter company operates a website selling swimwear and beachwear on line <sorayabeachwear.com>, as well as an Instagram account related to this site. Also named Soraya, the founder of the challenged company chose to use her first name to designate her collections.

Following the dismissal of their claims, the applicants appealed the summary judgment order.

Admissibility of the licensee to act in summary proceedings alongside the owner. – One of the contributions of this judgment is the interpretation made by the Paris Court of Appeal of Articles L. 716-4-2 of the Intellectual Property Code and 25 4° of the EU Regulation 2017/1001, relating to the standing of a licensee.

Under French law, there are cases in which a licensee may bring a “civil action for infringement”, notably with the consent of the owner or as a beneficiary of an exclusive right of use, provided the owner has not taken the initiative to act within a reasonable period of time after formal notice.

In any event, the Intellectual Property Code and the above-mentioned European regulation both provide that a licensee is entitled to intervene in the infringement proceedings brought by the holder of the IP rights.

There is no doubt in this case that the operating company must be considered as the beneficiary of an exclusive right of use on the invoked European Union word trademark since the exclusive trademark license, submitted to the debate, bestows on the company the status of licensee.

However, it was not a question relating to the intervention the company in the proceedings, but rather of an action being brought jointly by the company and the trademark owner. There seemed to be a confusion between the filing of a joint action, which requires the consent of the owner when the licensee initiates the action, on the one hand, and the intervention of a third party in proceedings initiated by another party, on the other hand. Indeed, it is expressly mentioned that the company “acted in summary proceedings jointly” with the trademark owner before the President of the judicial court. In bringing this action, the licensee seeks to obtain “compensation for the damage that it has suffered”, as provided for in the law rules relating to the intervention of the licensee.

One of the decision’s highlights is the fact that the license agreement was not registered, which is a condition for its enforceability against third parties. It was however ruled that the lack of publicity of the agreement did not hinder the licensee status acquired by virtue of a validly concluded agreement.

The appeal decision therefore deemed admissible the applicants’ action and reversed the interim order on this count.

It should be noted, however, that in the case of a ‘simple’ licensee (who enjoys a non-exclusive license), the solution held by judges not the same. Indeed, under the terms of a previous decision (TGI Paris, ord. ref, July 21, 2011, No. 11/55158, Sté Lyl c/ Michel Attali), the summary proceedings judge stated the inadmissibility to act of the simple licensee: “only a person with standing to bring an infringement action may refer the matter to the summary proceedings judge in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 716-6 (…), this is not the case of the non-exclusive licensee who is only admissible to intervene in an infringement proceeding initiated by another party in order to obtain compensation for the damage that is specific to him, by application of article L. 716-5 of the Intellectual Property Code”.

In addition to verifying standing, the summary judgment judge, when not confronted with a manifest nullity of the title invoked, limits itself to assessing the existence or imminence of an infringement of the petitioners’ rights.

Lack of use of the invoked trademark. – The procedure to be followed by the interim relief judge was specified in a decision of June 28, 2011 (TGI Paris, ord. ref, June 28, 2011): “The interim relief judge must therefore rule on the challenges raised before him to oppose the measures requested, and these challenges may concern the validity of the title itself ; It is then up to the judge to assess the seriousness or otherwise of the challenge and to evaluate the proportion that exists between the challenge made by the defendants and the imminent infringement alleged by the plaintiffs and to decide, in view of the risks incurred on both sides, whether or not to prohibit the marketing of the products, to order their withdrawal and to award an advance”.

In this case, the infringement of the applicants’ rights could seemingly be characterized by the use of the identical name SORAYA to cover strictly identical products and services, namely swimwear and beachwear, as well as the related commercial services.

The applicants, in order to claim infringement, relied solely on one of their trademarks: a European Union word trademark composed exclusively of the first name SORAYA. However, in order to be successful in the proceedings, the applicants had to be able to demonstrate genuine use of the trademark in question.

As a reminder, a trademark is subject to genuine use if, within a continuous period of 5 years, it is be used in accordance with its essential function, which is to guarantee the origin of the goods and services for which it is duly registered (Regulation (EU) 2017/1001 of 14-6-2017 art. 58, 1-a).

The applicants, in communicating the evidence intended to demonstrate the serious use of the trademark, seemed to rely on a certain reputation, which they did not explicitly argue. Instead, they testified to a simple “well-known use” of the trademark, induced in part by their long-standing partnership with the Miss France election. However, the argument that did not work in their favor was that “the exploitation of the derived trademarks that were the subject of subsequent registrations did not in any way diminish the use of the historical trademark SORAYA. In addition, in order to justify the serious use of the trademark, the applicants communicated documents with a certain date, but for the complex SORAYA signs and not for the SORAYA word trademark. Moreover, among the plethora of documents submitted in support of genuine use of the trademark, several of them did not have a definite date, which makes it impossible to determine whether the trademark was actually used during the five-year reference period for which genuine use must be proven. However, this period was not communicated by the opposing party’s appeal. Therefore, in this respect, the first instance court judges referred to the period specified in the last pleadings addressed to the summary proceedings judge.

With respect to the various trademarks derived from the trademark in question, which are mostly semi-figurative trademarks, the judges will consider them as a family of trademarks.

This qualification of family of trademarks must be retained, according to consistent caselaw, for trademarks commonly held by one and the same owner and including the same distinctive element. Although the contours of this concept are insufficiently understood, it should allow a trademark owner and operator to avoid the sanction of cancellation for failure to use a trademark, whether registered or not.

A recent decision rendered by the European Union Court of First Instance (EUTA) testified to the appropriateness of this concept in relation to several trademarks containing the element “Mc”/”Mac” and owned by the American company McDonald’s. In 2016, McDonald’s won the case by asserting the following 12 trademarks in the European Union: McDONALD’S, McFISH, McTOAST, McMUFFIN, McRIB, McFLURRY, McNUGGETS, McCHICKEN, EGG McMUFFIN, McFEAST, BIG MAC, PITAMAC. The qualification of “family of trademarks” was thus retained to cancel a “MacCoffe” trademark.

Nevertheless, what is worth remembering following the SORAYA decision is that the first instance court judges will consider that the use of a family of trademarks cannot be successfully invoked “when the aim is to establish the use of a sufficient number of trademarks of the same “family””.  In this sense, the use of one trademark cannot be invoked to justify the use of another trademark. In other words, the fact that the applicants used the semi-figurative trademarks independently, which are also different from the EU word trademark, does not allow them to rely on the concept of use of a family of trademarks.

 

Practical considerations from the decision:

– The exclusive licensee, together with the owner of the trademark, is entitled to bring an action in summary proceedings for the prosecution of alleged infringements;

– The licensee has standing to act even if the contract under which he derives his rights has not been subjected to publicity formalities;

– The assessment of the genuine use of a European Union trademark is carried out with regard to a reference period of 5 years, which is in principle specified by the party claiming the lack of such use, both in the writings addressed to the judge of the summary proceedings and to the Court of Appeal;

– The use of a substantial number of trademarks derived from the invoked trademark, and presumably constituting a series/family of trademarks, does not necessarily prove a substantial use that will defeat the legitimate use of similar trademarks.

 

SEE also…

 

The Specsavers vs Asda saga: Genuine use of trademarks

The masked licensee or the enforceability of the license of a non-enrolled European Union trademark

Read More

Legal Watch: UDRP Proceedings: Legitimate Interest of the Respondent

The legitimate interest of the respondent justified by the use of his trademark in connection with the services for which it is registered.

 

A respondent’s legitimate interest in UDRP proceedings is likely to be acknowledged when its registered domain names reproduce its trademark and said trademark is used for the services it covers, even though the trademark was registered subsequently to the domain name registrations. It is therefore essential for the complainant to prove in great detail that the defendant has sought to infringe its IP rights.

On 27 September 2021, Easy Online Solutions filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the domain names <cloud-mojo.com>, <cloudmojo.tech>, <cloudmojotech.com> and <cloudmojotech.website>, which were registered on varying dates between 8 May 2020 and 12 February 2021 by Cloudmojo Tech LLP.

 

 

The applicant is a US-based company specializing in the provision of web hosting, content distribution and other “software as a service (SaaS)” services. It owns four word trademarks registered in the United States between the years of 2012 and 2019 for services in class 42 relating to the signs ‘MOJOHOST’, ‘THAT’S GOOD MOJO’, ‘MOJOCDN’ and ‘MOJOCLOUD’. In addition, it has been using the domain name <mojohost.com> since 2002, and has also reserved the domain name <mojocloud.com> which redirects to the website www.mojohost.com.

Cloudmojo Tech LLP, established in June 2020 in Mumbai, India, specializes in the resale and distribution of Microsoft products and has reserved the disputed domain names in the course of its business. Furthermore, prior to the start of the proceedings in June 2022, the defendant filed the word trademark “CLOUDMOJO TECH” in India for services in Class 42, and notably for “computer programming”, “technology consulting” and “SaaS services”. Said trademark was registered on 9 December 2021.

The Panel acknowledges that there is a likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain names and the trademark “MOJOCLOUD” insofar as they consist of the same verbal elements, “MOJO” and “CLOUD”, although the terms are reversed.

In terms of the respondent’s rights or his legitimate interest, the Panel raised several points.

Firstly, the respondent is active in the IT industry, although on a relatively average scale.

Secondly, the domain names are very similar to the respondent’s corporate name. However, the respondent assumed the name only after the first three domain name registrations, i.e. a few weeks later.

The respondent argues that he was not aware of the complainant’s company, nor of its trademarks, at the time of the reservation of the disputed domain names (or at least of the first three domain names).

In fact, it must be noted that the term “cloud” is rather descriptive of the services concerned. In addition, although the term “mojo” is not descriptive of the services concerned, it is still a generic term. Thus, it is plausible that the respondent chose the term “mojo” without having been aware of the complainant’s trademarks.

This hypothesis is supported by the fact that the applicant’s marks do not seem to be known throughout the world. The Panel notes that the applicant has servers in the USA and the Netherlands. He has also been using the trademark “MOJOHOST” in the United States for numerous years. “MojoCloud” is the name used for a service offered on its website www.mojohost.com. Therefore, the claim that its trademarks have a substantial international reputation is not proven. The claimant provides no evidence of sales revenue, advertising expenditure, or of the volume of traffic generated by the www.mojohost.com website and by the redirection of www.mojocloud.com to www.mojohost.com.

In addition, the respondent has registered the trademark ‘CLOUDMOJO TECH’ in India, which is used for the relevant services. The applicant was aware of this registration application . However, no action was taken to oppose it. From this inaction it can be inferred that the applicant has no business in India. The Panel notes that although the applicant’s website is accessible from India, it has not demonstrated any activity in that territory.

In view of these elements, the complaint is rejected.

The decision is not surprising in that it is customary for a company to reflect its corporate name in a domain name, especially since the use of the respondent’s trademark is correlated with the services for which it is registered.

As such, it was essential for the complainant to prove the use of its marks in India but also to provide further evidence of its alleged international reputation. In view of the defendant’s corporate name, which was only revealed after the complaint was filed, a strong India-centered case was essential to have a chance of obtaining the transfer of the names.

 

(WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-3197, 3 January 2022, Easy Online Solutions, Ltd. d/b/a MojoHost v. Ahmed Parvez Banatwala, Cloudmojo Tech LLP, and Ahmed Parvez Banatwala, Construma Consultancy Pvt. Ltd)

Read More

Trademark Modernization Act

Drapeau USTrademark Modernization Act: new fast and efficient procedures to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks.

The United States Trademark system is based on use. This means that U.S. trademark holders are required to use their trademarks in relation to the goods and services designated in the trademark registration.

Contrary to the EU Trademark system, this use requirement applies both before and after the registration of U.S. trademarks. The U.S. system requires trademarks to be used before their actual filing. As regards foreign trademark registrations, an intent to use the trademark in the U.S is required.

The U.S. system traditionally provides two cancellation procedures to challenge non-used trademarks: the cancellation procedure based on ‘abandonment’ and the cancellation procedure based on ‘non-use’. While the former procedure requires a lack of use and a lack of intent to re-use it, the latter requires an asserted non-use within 5 years of its registration.

 

These two cancellation procedures still apply today.

However, the problem is that they are relatively expensive, time-consuming and not necessarily effective. For trademark holders, it is fairly easy to win these procedures as they simply need to show their intention to start or to resume the use of their trademarks.

Nonetheless, the Trademark Modernization Act changed this system.

 

The Trademark Modernization Act came into effect on December 18, 2020 and has an important impact on U.S. trademark owners and future applicants. It regards both national (U.S.) trademarks and international registered trademarks designating the United States.

This act adds two new procedures regarding non-used U.S. trademarks.

 

Expungement petition

A first important new procedure is the so-called ex parte expungement petition.

What?

The ex parte expungement petition is a new and relatively simple procedure to cancel U.S. registered trademarks for lack of use. It regards national and international trademarks (designating the U.S.) that have never been used in the U.S. in commerce and/or in connection with the goods and/or services after their registration.

The petition can be filed by anyone – contrary to traditional cancellation proceedings – and does not require a lack of intent to resume use.

When?

Until February 27, 2023, the petition can be filed against any non-used U.S. trademark that is older than 3 years.

After this date, the expungement petition will only be opened within 3 to 10 years after the registration of the non-used trademark in question.

Consequence?

The trademark holder has three months following the action to provide proof of use. The burden of proof, which is strictly interpreted, is thus put entirely on the latter. In case of insufficient proof of use, the trademark registration will be partly/fully cancelled.

 

Reexamination petition

A second important new procedure is the so-called ex parte reexamination petition.

What?

This procedure makes it possible to obtain a reexamination of trademarks registered via a national or international trademark filing (designating the U.S.) that have not been used in commerce or in connection with goods and services on a certain date. This petition can also be filed by anyone.

When the underlying application was initially filed based on use of the trademark in commerce, the relevant date will be the filing date of the application.

When the underlying application was filed with an intent-to-use basis, the relevant date will be the later of the date that an amendment to allege use was filed or the date that the deadline to file a statement of use expired.

When?

The reexamination petition can only be filed within 5 years of the registration of the trademark.

Consequence?

The trademark holder will need to provide sufficient proof of use for all of the challenged goods and services. Should the trademark holder fail to do so, the trademark registration would risk cancellation.

 

(Dis)advantages?

Firstly, these new procedures make it possible to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks more quickly and efficiently. Contrary to the traditional cancellation procedure, these new procedures do not require the element of abandonment. It only requires non-use. The fact that a trademark holder has the intent to resume use is irrelevant in this regard.

Secondly, this new procedure makes it easier to get rid of ‘dead wood’ (non-used trademarks), and consequently, to register (non-used) trademarks faster and cheaper. Before the Trademark Modernization Act, it was generally burdensome to apply for a trademark registration when an older similar/identical non-used trademark prevented the application. In this context, cancellation procedures could take several years and bring forth substantial costs.

Thanks to the new expungement and reexamination procedures, it is more flexible and less time-consuming (it doesn’t require briefs, motions, etc.) to act against non-used trademarks and to try to register a non-used trademark yourself at a later stage.

Moreover, the new procedures require U.S. trademark holders to be (more) careful. They need to really use their trademarks and they should constantly keep evidence to prove, when needed, the actual use of trademarks in the U.S., in relation to goods and services, before and after the registration. The less evidence of use, the higher the risk of losing a U.S. trademark, and the easier it becomes for competitors to register similar and even identical U.S. trademarks.

 

The new procedures make it possible to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks more quickly and efficiently.

Therefore, we recommend you to audit your trademark rights in the United States, in order to avoid the risk of cancellation or reexamination.

As regards your trademark registrations that are currently under review, we invite you to contact us so that we can discuss and develop the best strategy to adapt your registrations to this new regulation.

We can also accompany you in the assessment of your trademarks in order to identify the products and/or services that would be likely to weaken them.

 

See also…

Keeping your registration alive

Expungement or reexamination forms

 

Read More

How could Louis Vuitton, a well-known brand, fail to prevent the registration of a competing trademark?

On November 2, 2020 Louis Vuitton Malletier filed an opposition against the application for registration of the figurative mark “LOVES VITTORIO” designating the same goods in classes 25 and 26, on the basis of Article 8(1)(b) of the European Union Trade Mark Regulation (EUTR). The Office rejected the opposition on the grounds that the similarity between the earlier sign and the contested sign was slight, and thus not sufficient enough to create a likelihood of confusion on the part of consumers with an average level of attention. The opponent invoked article 8, paragraph 5, of the EUTR concerning the reputation of the trademark. However, due to a lack of evidence the judges rejected the complaint without examination of its merits.

 

1. Assessment of the likelihood of confusion in light of the overall impression given by the signs

 

Since the “SABEL BV v. Puma AG” judgment handed down on November 11, 1997 by the  Court of Justice of the European Communities, a new approach to the assessment of the similarity between two signs has been put forward. This approach is more global, notably by studying the three following criteria: visual aspect, aural aspect and conceptual aspect. As a result, the Office conducts a step-by-step analysis of these criteria between the earlier mark and the application for registration of the contested mark.

First of all, on the visual aspect, the Office found a very low degree of similarity insofar as the two signs “have in common only the letter L” and “partially coincide in the stylization of the two letters”. In addition, although the stylization and colours used in the two signs are the same, consumers will perceive these elements as being merely decorative. The judges especially note a difference between the two signs by the addition of the words “LOVES” and “VITTORIO” and the letter “N” in the contested sign.

Likewise, in terms of aural similarity, the judges found only a slight degree of similarity in the pronunciation of the letter “L”. Finally, the Office stated that the two signs are conceptually different.

Thus, the Office concludes that the few similarities between the two signs are not sufficient to cause a likelihood of confusion for the consumer with an average level of attention and that they will distinguish the origin and the source of each sign. Moreover, the relevant public will perceive the sign as a whole, in particular by the addition of the terms “LOVES” and “VITTORIO” as well as the letters “L” and “N”, and will not limit itself to the same stylisation.

However, it must be noted that there is a visual similarity that could lead the relevant public not to perceive the difference between the letters “LV” and “LN” in a clear and precise manner, especially since the added term is “VITTORIO”.

Moreover, in view of the identical goods covered by the two signs, it seems somewhat surprising that the judges did not take this into account, given that according to the “Canon Kabushiki Kaisha and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Inc.” judgment handed down on September 29, 1998 by the Court of Justice of the European Communities, a low degree of similarity between the signs can be compensated by a high degree of similarity between the designated goods or services.

 

2. The unfortunate exclusion of the reputation of the earlier mark

 

At first glance, this decision may seem surprising in the sense that the earlier mark “LV” is a mark that supposedly enjoys a strong reputation.

Indeed, this reputation could probably have led the judges to grant the opposition request to the application for the registration of the contested mark, if the latter ” unduly [took] advantage of the distinctive character”; “or the reputation of the earlier mark”; “or [was] detrimental to them”.

However, this exclusion of the reputation of the mark is fully justified insofar as the Office renders its decision by limiting itself to the evidence and arguments provided by the opponent. However, the opponent did not provide evidence of the mark’s reputation, in accordance with Article 7(2)(f) of the European Trade Mark Delegated Regulation

 

It is therefore essential before the filing of any opposition to analyse the similarity between the signs and the goods and services between your trademark and the disputed trademark application, and particularly to provide all relevant evidence demonstrating the intensive use of the trademark or its reputation.

This decision highlights the importance of the evidence provided during a procedure relating to the relative grounds for refusal of registration of a trademark application, evidence that could undoubtedly have allowed a different turn of events.

 

 

See also…

 

The current reputation of the trademark is not sufficient to prove bad faith registration of an old domain name

Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Read More

Legal Watch : THE UDRP PROCEDURE

CYBERSQUATTINGThe UDRP PROCEDURE is designed to deal with cases of abusive cybersquatting.

Since the implementation of the General Data Protection Regulation and, more generally, when domain names are registered anonymously, it is often difficult to identify the enemy that we intend to strike.

The issue can be solved through filing a UDRP complaint. This is what happened to the US company Capital Distribution Consulting Inc. As the owner of the semi-figurative trademark Royal dragon superior vodka 5X distilled, the company filed a complaint against the anonymously registered domain name <royaldragonvodka.com>.

Once the procedure was initiated, the identity of the registrant was revealed. The latter was a certain Mr. X, who was an officer of Horizons Group (London) in the United Kingdom and the owner of the UK trademark Royal dragon vodka.

 

 

In fact, it turned out that both parties obtained their trademarks through a transfer carried out by Dragon Spirits Limited in Hong Kong, of which Mr. Bharwani was one of the shareholders.
This information gave rise to further exchanges between the parties, each accusing the other of having obtained the trademark unlawfully. In particular, the complainant argued that the transfer to the defendant had taken place after the liquidation of the transferee.

The facts reported in this decision are particularly complex and all-encompassing, which indicates that the UDRP is not the appropriate forum for this kind of litigation.
The expert reported that the complainant filed an additional response, which is not provided for in the Regulation, after the defendant’s response and then a second response 9 days later. This response contained 15 annexes, including a sales agreement, court orders, share transfers, a declaration relating to the liquidation procedure, etc.

The expert decided not to accept this response and consequently not to consider the defendant’s request to reply in case these submissions were accepted.
The expert pointed out that this case does not concern a simple case of cybersquatting but rather a competition matter, involving trademarks being registered around the world.

He noted that trademark rectification proceedings based on competition grounds have been granted or are still pending in different jurisdictions. Therefore, the domain name in question is fully in line with this broader dispute. The expert recalled that the Guiding Principles of the UDRP are not designed to settle all kinds of disputes that would have any link with domain names. On the contrary, the Guidelines establish an inexpensive and streamlined administrative procedure being limited to ‘abusive cybersquatting’ cases.
This decision serves as a reminder that it is essential to obtain as much information as possible about the disputed domain name that forms the subject of a procedure. For relatively old names such as <royaldragonvodka.com> being registered in 2011, valuable information can be found through consulting the Whois history of the domain name.

 

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-2871, Nov. 24, 2021, Capital Distribution Holding Inc. v. Hiro Bharwani, Horizons Group (London) Ltd.

Read More

LEGAL WATCH : THE NAME PARISTECH.ORG

The name < PARISTECH.ORG >, operated by Parisian entrepreneurs, would not infringe Paritech’s rights.

At the end of the year 2021, a surprising UDRP decision was issued. It concerned a complaint filed against the domain name < paristech.org > that was registered by an anonymous registrant in 2017. The complaint was filed by the French ParisTech Foundation («ParisTech») who is known for its higher education services primarily in the fields of science and technology,

ParisTech notably owns two French Paristech trademarks, registered in 1999 and 2010 and subsequently renewed, as well as the international trademark “Paris Institute of science and technology Paristech” registered in 2010 and renewed in 2020. It also owns the <paristech.fr> domain name, registered in 2004.
The disputed domain name was used to disseminate French articles on a variety of topics, most of which related to technology and innovation. Before filing a complaint, the complainant attempted to contact the registrant at the address mentioned on its website, but without success.

 

After the complaint had been filed, the defendant indicated that he was open to find an amicable agreement with the complainant. Although it led to the suspension of the proceedings, the negotiations – whereof the content has not been reported – were not successful. Consequently, the proceedings resumed. The defendant submitted a late response to the complaint, which the expert decided not to accept, based on the consideration that it would not have changed the outcome of the case anyway.
In his analysis, the expert acknowledges that the domain name is identical to the complainant’s prior Paristech trademarks.

However, as far as the legitimate interest is concerned, his position may seem unexpected since he decided not to rule on the matter.

He noted that the website included articles on various topics that mostly related to technology and innovation. The site incorporates a «Paris Tech» logo at the top of the page and at the bottom, a reference to the city of Paris and a postal code.

He noted that the «Paristech» website is managed by two Parisian entrepreneurs who want to keep track of technological developments.

The only method of contact is an email address. Nonetheless, the complainant demonstrated that this email address does not work.

The expert further noted that the legal notices only contained the contact details of the OVH host and that the contact details did not correspond to those provided by the registration office.
However, he noted that there is no evidence to suggest that the purpose of the defendant was to target the complainant’s trademark. The “Paris Tech” logo on the site is different from that of the complainant. In addition, the expert stated that the content presented on <paristech.org> and <paristech.fr> are different.

He explained that «Paristech» can easily be understood as “Paris Technology” referring to the content of the site.

Based on these facts, the expert considered that the complainant failed to prove the defendant’s bad faith and referred to his comments on this point.

He considered that the defendant could have known about the Paristech trademark when he registered the domain name since the complainant’s trademark appears to be known in France in connection with its research education services and that the website is operated by Parisian entrepreneurs, where the complainant is based.

Nevertheless, he noted that the site was non-commercial, relating to technology and innovation, and did not refer to the complainant’s field of activity, namely education.

Moreover, the expert noted that the complainant did not provide proof that the registrant had proposed the domain name for sale before the start of the proceedings, nor that he would have obtained a financial gain by making use of this domain name through taking advantage of the risk of confusion. Hence, the domain name registration does not constitute an abusive reproduction of third-party trademarks.

He therefore rejected the complaint, stating that the choice to hide his contact information on the Whois file and to provide on his website a contact email address that does not work is not sufficient to conclude bad faith registration.
This decision may seem surprising given the complainant’s reputation among the French speaking and international public.

The domain name is strictly identical to the earlier trademark and reproduces part of the complainant’s legal name. The website is operated in French. However, the complainant is located in France where it enjoys a certain reputation.

The legitimacy of the site may seem questionable since no legal notice is inserted and the contact address is false. The defendant does not claim trademark rights or a legal name «Paristech».
The website’s topics are similar to those covered by ParisTech. The fact of not drawing active income or not actively proposing the sale of the domain name does not mean that the defendant did not intend to target the complainant’s trademark. We note that as of December 30, 2021, the site is inactive.

By consulting the history of the Whois of the disputed domain name, we can see that on February 12, 2017, the name was held by Mr. X, ParisTech company. According to our research, the latter was the general manager of ParisTech. Subsequently, the name became anonymous. Therefore, there appears to be a very clear link between the complainant and this domain name.

Finally, although the articles promoted on the site do not focus on education, it could be argued that the dissemination of informative articles can be related to it.

It appears that the expert based his decision primarily on the lack of commercial intent in the use of the disputed domain name.

However, the expert noted that if the content of the website were to change in order to infringe the complainant’ rights, then the complainant would be free to pursue legal action.

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-2417, October 28, 2021, Paristech Foundation v. Domain Administrator d/b/a privacy.cloudns.net

 

Read More

Legal Watch: Two people file a complaint regarding the same domain name

When two people file a complaint regarding the same domain name, the domain name’s transfer isn’t necessarily granted to the trademark rights’ owner

The Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy specifies in point 4) a) that the relevant disputes involve those where a domain name is “identical or confusingly similar to a trademark in which the complainant has rights”.

This is the case when the domain name has been registered and used in bad faith, when the registrant has no rights or legitimate interests and when the domain name registered by the domain name registrant is “identical or confusingly similar to a trademark or service mark in which the complainant has rights”.

Recently, the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center considered that, although the applicant had previous trademark rights, the transfer of the disputed domain name shall happen on behalf of the other complainants.

 

 

 

The complainants in this case were Victoria and David Beckham.

The first complainant, Victoria Beckham, a former member of the Spice Girls, is specialized in haute couture and commercialises clothes under her name on the website “www.victoriabeckham.com”. The trademark “VICTORIA BECKHAM” is notorious, especially in the United-Kingdom: it was designated as Designer Brand of the Year in 2011.

The second complainant is David Beckham, renowned for his soccer career, as well as for his professional collaborations with major brands.

He owns several trademarks, invoked in support of the complaint and in particular some registered in the United States “BECKHAM” No. 3342223, dated 20 November 2007, renewed, relating inter alia to clothing products and the trademark “BECKHAM” No. 4208454, dated 18 September 2021 in class 3, which includes perfumes. Thus, the trademarks cited in support of the complaint belong solely to him.

The Beckhams discovered the domain name <usbeckham.com> registered on 8 July 2020, after the registration of Mr Beckham’s trademarks. This domain name linked to a page selling clothing, handbags, shoes and accessories. The site was titled “BECKHAM® Official Online Boutique” and featured the header “BECKHAM” in a font similar to Victoria Beckham’s site. It also had a “Perfume” tab, which redirected to the <genewus.com> website, selling perfumes but also a range of swimwear bearing the name “Victoria Beck”.

Firstly, the expert observed that both complainants shared the same name BECKHAM, for which David Beckham had acquired trademark protection for perfumes and clothing. Hereby, the expert considered the consolidation of the complainants well-founded.
According to the expert the disputed domain name may generate a risk of confusion with the earlier trademarks as it incorporates the word BECKHAM.
Concerning the legitimate interest and the potential rights of the defendant, the complainants argue that they have not given any authorization to the defendant to use their name and that the latter held no rights on the sign “BECKHAM”.
The use of the domain name is confusing for products in competition with those of the complainants and have a title with the symbol ® implying that the respondent is the owner of the trademark “BECKHAM”. The term “Official” also suggests that the website is official. This demonstrates the respondent’s lack of good faith: the expert therefore considers that she has no right nor legitimate interest in the domain name.
Furthermore, with regard to the registration and use in bad faith, the expert considers that the applicants are very famous and that the defendant could not have been unaware of the applicants’ trademarks “BECKHAM”, given that she lived in London and in view of her interest in “high fashion” as mentioned on her website. Moreover, her name is not “Beckham”. However, this name has some significance in the world of high fashion through the applicants’ trademarks. The expert therefore considers that the defendant necessarily registered and used the domain name in bad faith.
Therefore, the complaint was accepted and the domain name was transferred to the first complainant, Victoria Beckham.

 

This ruling is interesting since most of the decision’s reasoning is based on Mr. Beckham’s trademarks. The trademarks in question were protected in particular for “clothing” and “perfumes”. Those same products are found on the disputed website.

A research reveals that there are several “VICTORIA BECKHAM” trademarks, but at first sight, they do not belong to Mrs. Beckham herself, but to her company. Although the company bears the same name, it was not a complainant in this litigation.

The consolidation of complainants makes it possible to consider that “2 become 1″ for the purposes of the complaint. Anyone of the complainants can obtain the disputed domain name whereas it is not decisive which one of them is mentioned as the actual trademark owner in the complaint.

Perhaps Victoria Beckham could have argued that she has common law rights regarding the name “BECKHAM”. However, these rights would have been in competition with those of her company.

(WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case n°D2021-1841, Victoria Beckham, David Beckham v. Contact Privacy Inc. Customer 1247653581/ Cynthia Panford)

 

See also…

Domain names

Read More

Metaverse: is it necessary to register specific trademarks for protection?

*Image generated by DALL-E 3, Microsoft Version

The metaverse -a parallel virtual world which is booming in the Web 3.0 era- has become an unavoidable topic. This fictional world will combine prospectively and simultaneously virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), blockchain, crypto-currencies, social networks, etc. Many companies are already planning to do business in this world following the company’s digital transition.

As a result, trademark applications covering products and services related to “digital virtual objects” have been multiplying since the end of 2021.

But how to effectively protect this new activity that calls for a whole new lexicon?

 

 

 

1.The metaverse, a new world for new ambitions?

In a few words, the metaverse can be defined as a fabricated virtual universe -mixing the words “meta” and “universe”, to designate a meta-universe in which social interactions would be extended and digitized. It seems to be directly inspired by the 1992 novel Snow Crash” (“Le Samourai virtuel” in French) by Neal Stephenson.

This parallel digital environment embodies a new way to explore innovative and ambitious projects from a different perspective, before they take concrete shape in the actual world.

As an example, Aglet created its own range of sneakers, the “TELGAs”, after launching it as a digital collection for online games. The collection is also available on the OpenSea platform, alongside brands such as Nike and Adidas, who have stepped up to virtual collections in the form of Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs).

NFTs, whose transactions are mostly hosted on the Ethereum blockchain, are essential components of the metaverse. This digital asset category, which is distinct from crypto-currencies such as Bitcoin and Ether, allows for authentic and unforgeable certification of the ownership of one of these virtual digital objects offered for sale in the metaverse.

The metaverse follows on from social networks and will undoubtedly allow companies to establish a strong online presence, beyond the operation of a traditional website.

Whether the metaverse is a trend that will last and become anchored in our culture is uncertain, though many large companies have already taken the plunge.

Before venturing into the metaverse, it is necessary to register specific trademarks, adapted to the goods and services of the metaverse. This will ensure efficient protection against infringement and will enhance the value of the company’s brand assets.  In this respect, it is important to draft an appropriate wording for the trademark.

 

2.How to design an adequate and optimal protection?

When launching an activity into the metaverse, the definition of the goods and services should be careful considered as the crucial element of a trademark is its wording above all. The filing process for a trademark application with the INPI, EUIPO, or any other national industrial property office, will indeed guarantee, to some extent, a monopoly on goods and services determined. This will confer also a commercial value to the trademark, once it is registered by an industrial property office.

As a reminder, once a trademark application has been filed, it is impossible to add classes of goods and services and to add any additional good or service, nor to add goods or services. Only a modification in the sense of a restriction of the wording will be considered.

The most relevant classes, which will contribute to the wording, are classes 9 and 41.

Class 9 allows for NFT coverage, although the product may not be accepted as such. More explanatory wording will be required. For example, one can target “downloadable digital products, i.e. digital objects created using blockchain technology”. These goods can be of all kinds: clothing, works of art, etc.

Class 41 covers the components of entertainment. In this respect, MMORPGs, which are defined as interactive games, which by their nature and concordance are closely associated with the metaverse, could be covered in class 41.

When a virtual trademark is to be exploited through points of sale, services class 35 seems unavoidable in order to include, among other things, “retail store services for virtual goods”.

In a complementary vision, it will then be necessary to think of designating the corresponding goods in the classes that classically cover them.

 

3.Virtual trademarks registered in various sectors

In early February 2022, Pumpernickel Associates, LLC filed a trademark application for “PANERAVERSE” No. 97251535 with the USPTO. This filing, initiated for virtual food and beverage products, NFTs and the ability to purchase real products in the virtual world, demonstrates a definite willingness by the American company to deploy these outlets in the metaverse.

McDonald’s has also filed trademark applications (No. 97253179; No. 97253170; No. 97253159) for “the operation of a virtual restaurant offering real and virtual products” and for “the operating a virtual restaurant online featuring home delivery”. In addition, the U.S. fast food chain also plans to obtain a trademark for “on-line actual and virtual concerts and other virtual events” and other entertainment services for a virtual McCafe (No. 97253767; No. 97253361; No. 97253336).

These are not the only trademark applications filed at this time; Facebook and Nike pioneered this trend, followed by luxury, textile, cosmetics and perfume brands. L’Oréal, for example, has filed several registration applications for perfume brands from its portfolio, in their digital version, with the French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI)

 

4.Conceptual considerations

In light of this unprecedented craze around the metaverse, one might wonder whether these immaterial goods, whose projected use is exclusively intended for virtual exploitation, should not come under a new particular category of products, not defined to date under the Nice Classification.

The addition of an ad hoc class dedicated to these virtual goods and services seems complex insofar as many of them could overlap with already existing products and services. The list could be very long.

In any case, drafting a trademark for the metaverse requires a meticulous definition of the goods and services concerned.

The Nice Classification, despite the successive trademark filings made since November 2021, does not include for the moment, in its explanatory notes or product suggestions, any reference to goods and/or services closely related to the metaverse or NFTs. Perhaps it will do so shortly in view of the developments encountered.

What will be the boundaries between the metaverse and the actual world? The question is a structuring one for trademark law and competition law. The European Commissioner Margrethe Vestager and the president of the US antitrust authority, Lina Khan, are wondering about “the right time to put in place competition rules in this emerging sector”.

Dreyfus accompany you in the protection of your brands in the metaverse era and to draft with you a wording of goods and services adapted to your activity.

 

 

See also…

 

How to protect your brands in the digital era?

Why is it necessary to register a trademark?

United States: what are the options to protect a trademark?

Read More

Is it possible to invoke a trademark that is not protected in the defendant’s country?

The trademark invoked by the applicant does not necessarily have to be protected in the country of the respondent

WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center ADMINISTRATIVE PANEL DECISIONVente-privee.com v. 郑碧莲 (Zheng Bi Lian)Case No. DCN2021-0004

In order for a UDRP complaint to succeed, it is necessary to prove a trademark right similar or identical to the domain name, generating a risk of confusion. Then, it must be established that the respondent has no rights or legitimate interests, and finally, it must be shown that the respondent has registered and used the name in bad faith.

 

 

 

In order to establish this bad faith, it is essential to show that the respondent has prior knowledge of the applicant’s rights and that the disputed registration is aimed at these rights. Being the owner of a trademark protected in the country where the defendant is established is therefore a considerable asset. However, it is not a requirement.
Vente-privee.com is a French e-commerce company that has been operating for 20 years in the organization of event-based sales of all kinds of products and services at reduced prices, including major trademarks.
At the beginning of 2019, Vente-privee.com began a process of unifying its trademarks under a single new name: VEEPEE. This rebranding was widely promoted internationally. It had previously secured trademark rights to the “VEEPEE” sign via a filing an EUTM in November 2017 and via an international trademark filed the same day covering Mexico, Monaco, Norway and Switzerland. Vente-privee.com also owns numerous domain names matching “VEEPEE” such as <veepee.es>, <veepee.it>, <veepee.de> and <veepee.com>.

Having detected the registration of the <veepee.cn> domain name reserved in 2018 by a China-based registrant, the company filed a complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center seeking the transfer of the name.
The likelihood of confusion was easily admitted by the expert, who considered the domain name to be identical to the applicant’s earlier trademarks. On this occasion, he recalls that the trademark does not need to be registered in a specific country for the assessment of the likelihood of confusion.

This is in line with the assessment of WIPO’s Overview 3.0, which specifies in its section 1.1.2, quoted by the expert, that in view of the international nature of domain names and the Internet, the jurisdiction in which the trademark is protected is not relevant for the analysis of the first criterion. Bearing in mind, however, that this factor may be important for the examination of the other criteria.

the Panel notes that the Respondent has no business relationship with the Complainant and has not received any authorization from it to reserve the disputed domain name. As the Respondent did not respond to the Complaint, the Panel finds that Vente-privee.com has established that the Respondent has no rights or legitimate interests in the disputed domain name.

Finally, on the issue of bad faith, the expert insists on the arbitrary nature of the name VEEPEE: “VEEPEE is a made-up word with no particular meaning in Chinese or English”. He also highlights the fact that the domain name has not been actively used, but on the contrary refers to a website in English, accessible to all, on which it is for sale.

Therefore, the expert orders that the disputed domain name <veepee.cn> be transferred to the Complainant.

This decision is a reminder that it is important to choose the right trademarks to be used in a UDRP complaint. Ideally, it is necessary to prove a registration in the country of the registrant, if possible prior to the domain name. In the absence of a registration in the relevant jurisdiction, it is important to demonstrate that the trademark is used and known outside the boundaries of its registration.

In this instance, we note that the disputed domain name is indeed subsequent to the applicant’s trademarks, but prior to the Vente-privee.com rebranding operation by almost a year. This information might have required analysis had the Respondent responded to the Complaint. Information that could have been counterbalanced, however, with the registration date of the name <veepee.com> (the <.com> targeting the international), which is very old: December 6, 1999.

 

SEE ALSO…

♦Domain names

Read More

Online Trademark Protection

Monitoring, protecting and promoting your trademarks online: these are the core business activities of the Dreyfus law firm.

Our team assists you to anticipate, secure and optimize your trademarks, allowing you to enhance your business.

A successful trademark registration does not mean that your trademark is automatically protected. Nonetheless, your trademark has an undeniable business value and as such warrants to be monitored and defended. One of the important issues is that public entities such as the INPI, EUIPO or WIPO are not required to notify prior trademark owners when a third-party applicant files an application for a similar or identical trademark. Since these organisms do not assess whether trademark applications are likely to infringe earlier trademarks, it is up to the applicants to perform a prior art search. In other words, careful trademark monitoring is very important for an optimal and durable protection of your trademark. However, identifying risks and responding accurately, effectively and timely to potential harms is not always obvious.

That is why the Dreyfus team helps you monitor and protect your trademarks online. First, we detect potential infringements, then we inform you in due time when a (strongly) similar or identical trademark is filed.

Thanks to our innovative Dreyfus IPweb® solution, we are able to monitor and automatically detect trademark filings that are identical or similar to yours and to take steps against any potential infringement before a similar trademark enters the market. IPweb® provides direct access to a company’s domain name monitoring services. It covers all social media networks such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and LinkedIn, as well as advertising platforms such as Google AdWords. Your trademarks are constantly monitored and you will be swiftly alerted in the event of a breach.

After assessing the similarity of the signs and the products and services in question as well as your chances of success, we will inform you immediately and, if necessary, advise you on the steps that should be followed. As it is better to be safe rather than sorry, it is important to act as quickly as possible and to contact the third-party applicant at an early stage, by sending him a warning, a letter of formal notice or even by filing an opposition against the trademark application to ensure that the said applicant uses an alternative name for his/her products and/or services.

 

Detecting potential trademark infringements and securing your trademarks online

 

We report potential trademark infringements on the Internet and social networks and we provide you with personalized advice regarding your portfolio management strategy, including weaknesses that could hinder the development of your (digital) business and give rise to possible litigation.

In this regard, we offer you appropriate and personalized strategies to anticipate dangers, such as online fraud (i.e. phishing, fake websites, identity theft, forged emails, etc.) which requires immediate action as it can be significantly damaging to the image and reputation of your trademark and may generate a financial loss.

For compliance purposes, we can help you put in place a strategy to prevent any breach caused by domain names. This includes – in addition to monitoring your trademark among Internet domain names – monitoring of your trademark on other social networks (such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, YouTube, Snapchat) to detect and respond appropriately to any new breach.
With our intuitive platform, Dreyfus IPWeb®, we allow our clients to have access to – and closely follow their trademark files online. Moreover, our clients have access to the results of the performed surveillance on trademarks, domain names, corporate names or social networks. With these trace and control tools, we help you restructure the management of your trademark portfolio in an easy and accessible way.

 

 Online trademark audits

 

The next step consists of performing a trademark audit. It is a crucial step to get a global and transversal view of the potential value of your trademarks and to anticipate risks such as conflicts regarding ownership, the loss of rights on an unused trademark or the expiration of your trademark rights. With thorough online trademark evaluations, we will bring to light potential harmful situations and assess the risks and opportunities in relation with your trademark. Besides, trademark audits become important assets when negotiating licensing or assignment agreements.

Furthermore, the Dreyfus team offers you personalized recommendations to strengthen your trademark rights. The online assessment and promotion services offered by the Dreyfus team will allow you to have an accurate and global overview of your situation, from a legal, commercial and technological perspective.

 

(Pre)litigation

 

The Dreyfus law firm assists you with the defense and enhancement of your rights and helps you resolve your disputes efficiently, quickly and amicably. With its detailed knowledge of trademarks in the digital environment, our team helps you settle your disputes online, out-of-court and in a confidential, strategic and efficient manner. Thanks to its know-how and its many clients, the Dreyfus team follows continuously and closely ongoing issues and has an increased vision of current and future risks.

The Dreyfus team will help you successfully defend and enhance your trademark rights and will assist you with the resolution of disputes, infringement actions, problems relating to domain names, as well as during mediation and arbitration procedures. Have you discovered a website that infringes on your trademark? Do you have a French or European Union trademark or an international trademark having effect in France or in the European Union and would you like to file an opposition to an application for registration of a French trademark or an international trademark having effect in France?

Dreyfus & Associates assists you in effectively and rapidly defending your rights. In this regard, we help you introduce an opposition procedure before the INPI to prevent the registration of a trademark that infringes on your prior rights. We also assist you in initiating an out-of-court settlement procedure before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Centre, including the resolution of national and international domain name disputes.

 

SEE ALSO…

Trademarks, other distinctive signs and franchise

Read More

The next round of application for gTLDs

Homme – réseau – internet - informatiqueIn 2013, ICANN launched a vast operation to remedy domain name saturation and promote competition by setting up new gTLDs. These new extensions have helped unclog the market for more traditional extensions such as “.com”.

With the next application window expected in 2022, many companies are already showing a strong interest in “.BRAND”, such as Uber, which reportedly announced it at an ICANN virtual meeting (as reported by a GoDaddy registrar).
The personalised extension has many advantages, such as trust, since the company only is able to allow the registration of a domain name in its “. BRAND”. It also shows the willingness of companies to invest in order to enhance their trademarks.

 

On the other hand, other companies, due to lack of use or for other reasons, such as the restrictions that weigh on any registry, decide to terminate their “.BRAND”. In May, June and July 2021, four companies proceeded to this termination. This is what the recent update of the ICANN website shows:

 

• The “.SWIFTCOVER” for the company Swiftcover of Axa.
• The “.RMIT” for the company Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology
• The “.DABUR” for the company DABUR India Limited
• The “.LIXIL” for LIXIL Group Corporation

In 2012, many big companies applied for their “.BRAND”. It should be noted, however, that this application has a significant cost. In addition to the technical and consulting fees, the amount to apply was US$ 180,000 per application in 2012.

With the challenges raised by the security on the Internet and the obligations that weigh on companies, especially to protect the data of their customers, it is very likely, despite these costs, that the next round will be a real success. Many “.BRAND” are successfully used today, both from a marketing point of view and in terms of the security they provide to Internet users.

 

About this topic…

 

How to prepare for the next round of applications to the <.mark>?

ICANN Summit: the fight against DNS abuse, a GAC priority

Read More

Are trademark payment notices always to be trusted?

Avis de paiementPrepare and prevent, don’t repair and prevent…This saying also applies to trademarks, since fraudulent payment notices are becoming more and more common nowadays.

 

How is this happening?

 

Dishonest private companies, scammers, approach trademark applicants directly to ask them to pay certain service fees or other payments that are in fact neither necessary nor legally required.

It is therefore crucial to be vigilant.

Since trademark registration and management are already time-consuming and expensive enough, it goes without saying that paying scammers for their so-called trademark services is unnecessary. You should be extra vigilant when enquiries about trademark procedures do not come directly from your usual counsel.

However, fraud is not always easy to detect and the imagination of fraudsters is endless.

For instance, some fraudsters approach trademark owners directly by e-mail and demand payment of certain expenses, fees or additional charges to obtain trademarks’ registration when these expenses are purely fictitious. The payment notices are often for trademark monitoring services, additional registration services or services related to trademark renewal.

The problem is that trademark owners are very often approached by a so-called official agency, company or institution and sometimes even a so-called public authority or government. They use the same official templates, signatures and stamps as these types of entities and they provide the exact data of the trademark application or registration in question. After all, this kind of information is relatively easy to find online.

 

Another issue is the cross-border nature of these scams.

It may happen that trademark owners receive a notice from a Russian, Indian or Chinese company. While it is perfectly possible that payment notices from foreign countries are made in good faith, it is always beneficial to carefully check the accuracy and legitimacy of such notices.

 

Here are our advices.

 

Firstly, we invite you to check the stage of the proceedings in which your trademark is located. Isn’t it strange to pay fees for the registration or renewal of a trademark if the time limit has not even started or has already expired?

We encourage you to be vigilant. Do not hesitate to ask us questions when you receive documents that do not come from Dreyfus. Indeed, it is always wise to contact your legal adviser before making a payment. Dreyfus is specialised in these matters and is fully aware of the applicable time limits, procedural steps and expenses.

There are also official offices and agencies that can be contacted in the event of a suspicious or misleading trademark notice. For instance, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) can be contacted. Although this office does not have the legal authority to prevent companies from engaging in these types of fraudulent practices, the USPTO does assist in the fight against fraudulent trademark notices. The USPTO issues reports and works with the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. Trademark owners can always file complaints with the Federal Trade Commission. This commission has the power to investigate and even prosecute if, for example, a particular company commits fraudulent business practices on a large scale. Dreyfus can assist you in filing such complaints and prevent you from being entrapped.

Fraudulent trade mark notices are becoming increasingly common. It is important to be very vigilant, to check the applicable time limits, to contact your Trademark Attorney before making any payments. At Dreyfus, we work with trademark offices and official agencies, such as the USPTO, in case of trademark notices that are suspicious or appear to be misleading.

 

About this topic…

 

Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Read More

The reputation of the trademark is not enough to prove typosquatting

Ordinateur brainstorm meeting applicationWhen you are the owner of a well-known trademark and you detect a domain name that is almost identical to it, and moreover on sale for a substantial amount of money, it is tempting to consider that it is a case of typosquatting. However, it is essential to pay attention to details.

The Valeo Group

 

The Valeo Group, which specializes in the design, production and distribution of automobile components, and its affiliate, Valeo Services, have experienced this, after filing a complaint against the <valoservices.com> domain name registered in 2018, which was offered for sale for EUR 2288.

The applicants were respectively registered in 1955 and 1987 and the name VALEO was adopted in 1980. Together they have 59 research centers and 191 production sites. They have received numerous awards for their products. They also own several word marks based on the “VALEO” sign, notably in France, the European Union, China and the United States, and also hold semi-figurative marks including the name “VALEO SERVICE”. Finally, they operate the domain names <valeo.com> and <valeoservice.com>.

The respondent, who answered the complaint, describes himself as an engineer based in the United States who has a large portfolio of generic domain names.

The respondent believes that there is no likelihood of confusion between the disputed name and the complainants’ trademarks. It explains that “valo” means “light” in Finnish and that a search on the sign “VALO” on Google or on trademark databases does not reveal any trademark including “VALEO”.

While these arguments, especially the second one, are interesting, they have no place in the analysis of the likelihood of confusion between a trademark and a domain name, which consists of a simple side-by-side analysis of the two names. Since the omission of the letter “E” can be perceived as a spelling mistake, the expert considers that there is indeed a similarity between the signs.

After this first step, the expert does not address the issue of the defendant’s rights or legitimate interest, but directly addresses the issue of bad faith. On this point, the applicants state that their trademarks are very well known and rely on decisions of the Chinese and European Trademark Union Offices as well as on old UDRP decisions.

The Respondent reiterates its arguments regarding the use of the Finnish language and its clearance searches. The respondent states that it has several domain names in a foreign language or containing the term “service”.

The panelist is skeptical about mixing Finnish and English in a domain name but considers the respondent’s research that shows that a query on “VALO” does not lead to the complainants and the fact that many companies around the world are named VALO or have adopted a name beginning with VALO. Therefore, the complaint is dismissed. However, the expert points out that it is always possible to turn to a more appropriate procedure. The Panel also rejects the Respondent’s request to characterize the complaint as a reverse domain name hijacking.

Thus, it is advisable to put oneself in the shoes of the reserving party to determine whether he could have had knowledge of the trademarks, in particular by taking into account his country of origin and the field of activity in which the trademark is renowned. In this respect, the expert notes that the car parts sector is relatively discreet.

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

 

 

About this topic …

 

Why is the well knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith ?

 

Read More

How did Miley Cyrus manage to register her eponymous trademark despite the existence of the earlier Cyrus trademark?

Miley CyrusSome cases are interesting because of the judicial outcomes, others because of the reputation of the Parties in the proceedings, and others because they fall into both categories.

This is the case of the judgment rendered by the General Court of the European Union on June 16, 2021. This decision opposed the European Union Trademark Office (EUIPO) to the company of the famous singer and actress Miley Cyrus: Smiley Miley. The latter is challenging the decision rendered by the Office in the dispute between it and the company Trademarks Ltd.

The genesis of this procedure was the European Union trademark application, in the name of Smiley Miley, of the word mark MILEY CYRUS in classes 9, 16, 28 and 41.

Cyrus Trademarks Ltd. lodged an opposition against said application, on the basis of its earlier European Union “CYRUS” trademark No. 9176306, registered for goods in classes 9 and 20.

 

After the Opposition Division partially upheld the opposition because of the likelihood of confusion, Smiley Miley filed an appeal that the EUIPO rejected.

Indeed, the EUIPO considered that there was a likelihood of confusion in particular because the level of attention of the relevant public varied from medium to high, that, by all means, the goods and at stake were identical and similar, and that, visually and phonetically, the signs were relatively similar.

Were the signs distinctive, different and differentiable?

The key criterion for assessing the risk as a whole is the overall impression that the trademark produces.

The Board of Appeal first tried to analyze the value of a surname compared to a first name and concluded that a surname has a “higher intrinsic value”. Then, the Court considered that neither the first name Miley nor the surname Cyrus are common in the European Union, “including for the English-speaking public”.

Not surprisingly, the applicant denounced this reasoning. The Court of First Instance recalled that these principles cannot be applied automatically, as they are principles drawn from experience and not set in stone. That said, as the singer and actress enjoys real renown, the assessment of the distinctive character of her mark would be less Manichean than it would have been for a trademark based on the first and last names of a non-famous person. In this regard, the Court of First Instance agreed with the applicant, considering that none of the elements of the mark “MILEY CYRUS” was more dominant than the other.

Regarding visual and aural levels, the Tribunal deemed that the trademarks were similar despite their differences.

The delicate examination of the conceptual comparison of signs

The applicant assessed that, due to Miley Cyrus’s fame, the mark was distinct from the earlier trademark. The EUIPO considered that the name and surname of the singer had not become a symbol of a concept.

The Court of First Instance accepted that Miley Cyrus was a character known to the general public in the ordinary course of events (a finding the Board of Appeal did not challenge).

When the Court of First Instance assessed the conceptual meaning of “MILEY CYRUS”, using the Larousse definition of “concept”, its research showed that, given her fame, the singer had indeed become the symbol of a concept.

On the other hand, and insofar as the artist had never performed using her surname alone, even though it is not common, the Court concluded that the public would not necessarily perceive the term “Cyrus” as referring directly to Miley Cyrus.

The Court therefore concluded that the “earlier mark has no particular semantic meaning for the relevant public”. Moreover, insofar as the concepts of the two trademarks were quite different, this had the effect of blurring their visual and phonetic similarities.

The law established that to qualify a likelihood of confusion, there must be an identity or similarity of the signs and an identity or similarity of the goods and services designated. Here, the Court of First Instance’s reasonings allowed to discard the likelihood of confusion between the two marks; the star entered the European Union trademark registry under No.012807111.

 

This decision serves as a reminder that great conceptual differences between two trademarks can benefit an applicant. This case also adds to the list of cases where the fame of names has allowed visual and phonetic similarities of signs to be easily dismissed.

 

About this topic…

 

♦  Towards increased protection for authors and performers: what does Directive 2019/790 bring to the harmonization of contract chains?

Read More

Influencers: be careful not to promote counterfeit products!

influencersThe Internet has changed the way we do business. From now on, advertising agencies are no longer the only ones to promote their client’s products; influencers have become the privileged interlocutors of brands wishing to make their products successful. If this approach does not seem abnormal, legal actions are flourishing against these people, for trademark infringement.

In a recent case, “Petunia Products, Inc. V. Rodan & Fields, et al.”, the plaintiff Petunia Products (“Petunia”) filed a complaint against Rodan & Fields for infringement of its trademark “BROW BOOST”. The latter had hired the influencer Molly Sims in order to promote its “Brow Defining Boost” product. On August 6, 2021, Federal Judge Cormac J. Carney dismissed the influencer’s motion to dismiss the complaint of alleged trademark infringement, in particular, because the plaintiff had succeeded in demonstrating that the promotion of the contested product could mislead consumers and create a likelihood of confusion between the prior trademark and the defendant’s product.

In particular, the judge argued that the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) declared that influencers and celebrities could be held liable for false or, at the very least, misleading advertising. Judge Carney drew a parallel with the case at stake and considered that every statement made by an influencer could amount to liability. Besides, and this is the main point of the first decision in this case, the judge took into consideration the risk of confusion, keystone of any claim for trademark infringement. In this case, this risk was genuine since the products were in direct competition with each other, from two competing companies operating on the same market, with a very similar name.

However, this decision must be balanced insofar as Judge Carney only ruled on the motion to dismiss filed by the influencer.

 

Concept and role of the influencer

It is necessary to understand the legal definition of “influencer”. In the opinion in Maximian Schrems v. Facebook Ireland Limited, Advocate General Bobek defines influencers as “everyday, ordinary internet users who accumulate a relatively large following on blogs and social media (…)”.

The French Authority of professional regulation of advertisement (ARPP) defines an influencer as “an individual expressing a point of view or giving advice in a specific field (…)”. It adds: “an influencer can act in a purely editorial framework or collaboration with a brand for the publication of content (product placement, (…), distribution of advertising content, etc.)” (free translation).

The influencer, therefore, has the power to direct the choices of the people following him/her, which is all the easier as the social networks on which they act are increasingly simple of use and accessible to the greatest number. Because of this ease of use, two American influencers, Kelly Fitzpatrick and Sabrina Kelly-Krejci promoted counterfeit products on Instagram and TikTok for sale on the Amazon platform. Amazon, therefore, filed a lawsuit on November 12, 2020 against the two women for fraudulent promotion of counterfeit products.

 

What is the influencer’s responsibility?

First of all, and Judge Conrey noted this in his decision, the influencer must state on the publication that the promotion of the brand results from a collaboration with the latter.

In France, this is also a recommendation of the French Professional Advertising Regulation Authority but most of all a legal obligation, which the French law for confidence in the digital economy (LCEN) of 2004 had already formulated. If the influencer can escape the net and not be found guilty of trademark infringement within the framework of a collaboration (that would be different if he/she promotes an infringing product directly), he/she could, be found liable of parasitism, unfair competition or misleading commercial practice, all three of which are heavily sanctioned under Article 1240 of the French Civil Code.

However, it is noteworthy that the influencer bears the weight of his/her responsibility concerning the information he/she publishes! Therefore, if a plaintiff can prove that the influencer in question was fully aware that the product he/she was promoting infringes on a third party’s rights, then it is likely that a judge would find the influencer and the company that contacted said influencer guilty of trademark infringement, either jointly or individually. Again, the judge will also consider the extent to which the product advertised by the influencer could confuse the public mind.

 

Hence, being an influencer is not without risks, and the partnership agreement concluded with a company must be carefully examined beforehand. Analysing the environment is essential as well as the product to be promoted must not infringe upon the prior rights of a trademark, even more so a competitor.

Dreyfus is at your disposal to assist you in securing these projects.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

Webinar – Influenceurs, réseaux sociaux et propriété intellectuelle

Instagram and social networks : what rights do users have in their posted photos?

Read More

How does the departure of Lionel Messi from FC Barcelona demonstrate the influence of players on the Intellectual Property rights of soccer clubs?

lionel messi soccer Underlying the performance of athletes, soccer clubs are engaged in a big race to develop their respective trademarks. FC Barcelona, until now the second biggest soccer club trademark, now risks losing its place to the club Paris Saint-Germain (PSG) as a result of Lionel Messi’s departure.

Lionel Messi has recently made the news by announcing his departure from FC Barcelona after more than two decades with the club.

This unexpected announcement is mainly due to the financial difficulties faced by FC Barcelona who are unable to take on the costs of the new contract agreed with the footballer two weeks ago..

This departure may not only impact the club’s quality of play but also its finances and especially its Intellectual Property rights.

 

 

A probable significant decrease in the value of the FC Barcelona brand

 

Brand Finance, in an article of 6 August 2021, estimated that the departure of Lionel Messi could cause an 11% decrease in the value of the club. This departure would cause a loss of €137 million. According to Brand Finance estimates. FC Barcelona has been, until now, one of the three most valued brands among soccer clubs (behind Real Madrid and in front of Manchester United). This news may well change the ranking.

Lionel Messi’s departure is even more impactful as he is considered one of the greatest players in the history of soccer. FC Barcelona’s image is therefore strongly impacted.

 

An opportunity for Lionel Messi’s new club.

 

On the other hand, the recruitment of the footballer by PSG is a real boon for the club which could see the value of its brand increase considerably. According to Brand Directory, the PSG brand is currently worth €887 million and ranks 7th among the most important soccer club brands.

The influence of players on intellectual property rights is such that some player brands even rival the value of some clubs’ rights. Messi has the most registered trademarks of all footballers. He has 115 trademarks, compared to 60 for Neymar, 53 for Cristiano Ronaldo and 46 for Paul Pogba. His trademarks are registered in various countries around the world, but mainly in Argentina, his country of origin. They are mainly registered in class 25 (Clothing), 28 (Games, sporting goods, toys) and 9 (Computer programs).

This trademark portfolio, owned by the footballer, is also an asset for the club that recruits him, as it increases its importance and influence.

So, PSG now holds two of the biggest players in terms of brand portfolio, Neymar and Lionel Messi, and could also be inclined to recruit Paul Pogba.

 

An impact on the new cryptocurrencies

 

As a result of PSG’s brand value, its cryptocurrency, “PSG Fan Tokens”, has grown considerably. The club made its mark by concluding the first player signing that included fan tokens. This news caused the cryptocurrency to rise by +100% in just three days.

As a result, the simple signing of Messi boosted the club’s PSG token capitalization to almost €144 million.

The PSG trademark is on track for considerable expansion, which can only reinforce the strength and interest of Intellectual Property rights in the world of soccer. Whether it’s the value of a club brand, the derivative products derived from it, or its cryptocurrencies, the composition of soccer teams considerably influences the pecuniary value of clubs.

We are a law firm with a unique expertise in the exploitation of intangible assets. We keep you updated on issues related to intellectual property and the digital economy through articles written by the Dreyfus legal team.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

  Webinar : clubs sportifs

Protecting trademarks during the Olympic Games : the major issues and challenges

Read More

How are restaurants trademark portfolios evolving?

To protect a trademark and minimize the risk of potential legal action, restaurateurs should employ an ongoing research strategy, registration and monitoring.

 

What impact could the pandemic have on restaurant brand portfolios?

The pandemic has pushed restaurants to innovate. Delivery services, technological services, and even innovative uses of restaurant real estate are leading to an increase in trademark demands beyond traditional restaurant services.

Foodservice companies have expanded the use of “ghost kitchens” (also known as “dark kitchens” or “virtual kitchens”).

In ghost kitchens, chefs prepare food only for delivery or pickup without a seat for customers. A ghost kitchen can serve as a cooking space for multiple brands, allowing operators to expand their customer base without investing in a separate area for each brand.

The ghost kitchen concept also encourages experimentation because a brand can get started quickly with little additional cost.

The legal consequences arising from the different classes and descriptions of services requested by kitchens and brands continue to evolve. Regardless of what lies ahead, restaurants and related entities need to extensively think when filing for trademark protection and enforcing their rights.

The Covid-19 pandemic has put innovative pressure on the restaurant industry. As restaurants have changed or expanded their products and services since the start of 2020, their trademark portfolios have also expanded to include new classes of trademark registration.

How to effectively manage restaurants trademark portfolios?

In this context and after having created the name, the question of the company’s trademarks protection and international extension quickly arises, even for restaurants.

Today, there is a craze for trademark registration, which has a considerable impact on the strategy of their management by companies. It is increasingly complex to create a distinctive and solid brand or to maintain a monopoly on a word coveted by many.

In addition, legal risks have accelerated with e-commerce, market globalization and the company’s international exposure to the Internet.

As the demand for contactless food delivery grows, restaurants and related brands have adopted broad strategies, including partnering with ghost kitchens or selling food through temperature-controlled lockers.

At the same time, these new business areas have created an increased need to examine restaurant trademark portfolios and identify areas for which brands should be protected.

 

What precautions should you take to protect your IP rights?

It is of great importance to protecting your IP rights to take several precautions:

  • Ensure that you included confidentiality clauses in your contracts;
  • Provide for non-disclosure agreements;
  • Be vigilant on the terms of transfer of rights between the creator and the company.

 

It is necessary to establish a protection strategy in the real world and in the digital world to protect your trademark portfolio.

Why bet on the brand?

It is about obtaining an operating monopoly, which can be renewable indefinitely and will constitute the pillar in your marketing and commercial strategy.

It is necessary to register the trademark from the genesis of the project. Determine a limited but suitable territory is also of great necessity. Likewise, it is about thinking globally and digitally by protecting domain names when registering the trademark.

The domain name is an important asset!

Today, insurers identify the intellectual property of which domain names are a part as one of the top three risks facing businesses.

The domain name occupies a special place in that it serves as a vector for ever more sophisticated and varied frauds. Managing your trademark on the Internet is not just about filing and renewing but also building a strategy.

It is crucial to invest in protection and preventive defense strategy and also set up surveillance on your brand.

Finally, you must be particularly vigilant about the use that is made of your brand on the Internet to avoid any “bad buzz”, which would be particularly harmful to your reputation.

A restaurant’s brand portfolio is a true intellectual and economic investment that must be protected.

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed of the current issues of intellectual property and digital economy through articles written by the legal team of Dreyfus & associés.

 

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

♦ Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Why is claiming unregistered trademark rights over a geographical name a difficult challenge in UDRP proceedings?

 

Read More

Reverse domain name hijacking

domain name administrative processReverse domain name hijacking constitutes an abuse of procedure. On this topic, the WIPO issued on April 4, 2021 a decision reminding Complainants of their failings: it was their duty to proceed to relevant checks before initiating the complaint and to build their case properly. The examiner was all the more severe given that Complainants were represented by counsel.

The complaint in question was filed by three applicants.

 

 

First Complainant is an Indian company notably specializing in the manufacture and sale of sanitary products and kitchen appliances. First Complainant was originally known as Hindustan Twyfords, but later changed its name to HSIL Ltd. in 2009. Second Complainant, Somany Home Innovation Limited, was incorporated in 2017. It manufactures and sells, among other goods, air and water purifiers, water heaters, air coolers. Like Second Complainant, Third Complainant, Brilloca Ltd, results from the split of First Complainant.

Having detected the registration of the domain names <hsil.com> registered on November 16, 1999 and <shil.com> on December 9, 1999, Complainants filed a complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center to request the transfer of the domain names.

 

 

Respondent is a UK registered company, established on October 7, 1998, which provides web development services to help small businesses gain visibility on the Internet, initially focusing on the health club and leisure equipment market. In addition to the main site « health-club.net », Respondent has registered a number of short acronymic domain names.

First Complainant owns trademarks for the sign « HSIL », the first of which dates from 2004. Complainants further argue that Somany Home Innovation is widely known by the sign « SHIL », the acronym that corresponds to its corporate name.

 

 

First and foremost, the panelist notes that the applicants have not submitted any evidence showing the use of the sign « SHIL » to the point of making it a distinctive identifier for their benefit. Therefore, the latter considers that they are in default concerning the proof of likelihood of confusion between the <shil.com> domain name and an earlier trademark in which they potentially have rights. On the other hand, the likelihood of confusion was recognized for the name <hsil.com>.

 

 

Then, regarding the issue of legitimate interest and/or rights in the domain names, the panelist takes into account the fact that Respondent registered the disputed domain names in 1999, before the alleged filing and use of Complainants’ « HSIL » and « SHIL » marks. As opposed to Complainants, Respondent has provided evidence to support its claims that the names were used as acronyms for « Sports / Health in London » and « Health / Sports in London ».

Besides, the disputed domain names were registered in 1999, many years before the filing of the HSIL marks and the registration of domain names containing « HSIL ». In addition, the Complainants have no trademark rights for the sign « SHIL ».

Also, Respondent has demonstrated a use of the disputed domain names in connection to a bona fide offering of goods and services.

 

The complaint is therefore dismissed.

In addition, the panelist found that the complaint constituted reverse domain name hijacking, an attempt to obtain a domain name by artificially proving infringement.

Complainants, who are represented by counsel, should have anticipated the weakness of their argument and the fact that the acronyms « Hsil » and « Shil » could not refer exclusively to them, as alleged in the complaint without any evidence.

The panelist also notes that Complainants tried to make it look like trademarks were rejected in India because of the « well-known status and enormous goodwill » acquired by their earlier marks. This, despite the fact that the defendant has proven that third parties have been able to obtain registration of trademarks for the sign « SHIL » in India.

 

The panelist also targets Complainants’ representative and denounces an « unfamiliarity with the UDRP » and raises the fact that the latter has listed the registrar as respondent simply because it had allowed the registration of an available domain name, even though it is not in its power to decide whether or not to allow a registration.

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, April 4, 2021, Case No. D2020-3416, HSIL Limited, Somany Home Innovation Limited v. SHIL Ltd, Brilloca Limited v. GOTW Hostmaster, Get on The Web Limited, India

Read More

What are the challenges of zombie trademarks?

Propriété intellectuelle, marques The protection of intangible assets as well as the efficient management of zombie trademarks or patents  portfolio contribute to the proper development of a company and its business.

Building a reputation is the very goal of any brand. This reputation is normally attached in law to the sign and to the company that filed and operates it. However, in the context of zombie trademarks, the mark does not symbolize the reputation of the current owner but that of the original owner.

Indeed, these zombie trademarks are signs that have been abandoned but still have marketing potential, a reputation.

A zombie trademark presupposes an indisputable relinquishment, that is to say an abandonment both in fact and legally. It then falls into the public domain.

As long as a brand continues to be used and is renewed every ten years, it can exist perpetually, contrary to patents and the author’s economic rights. However, sometimes a company discontinues the use of some of these signs.

This abandonment can occur any time, whether while the filing is still under review or even when the sign has been in use for a long time. In terms of non-use, a sign is abandoned when a holder stops using it without the intention of resuming its operation, for five consecutive years according to Article L 714-5 of the French Code of Intellectual Property.

Although perpetually renewable, in practice the vast majority of brands have a limited lifespan. They are born and they die. However, it happens that some experience a different fate. They are resurrected.

 

As we can see with the zombie trademarks, abandonment doesn’t have to be permanent.

A company that has given up its rights to a trademark cannot normally prevent a newcomer from bringing a trademark “back from the dead”. Indeed, the disputed sign has returned to the public domain, which theoretically allows anyone to be able to dispose of it freely.

An abandoned trademark is in principle available to everyone.

In France, it is possible to take action against a so-called deceptive brand. Article L. 711-3 c) of the French Intellectual Property Code provides that signs “likely to deceive the public, in particular as to the nature, quality or geographical origin of the product or service” cannot be adopted as a trademark. The former owner also sometimes has the opportunity to initiate ​​unfair and parasitic competition claims.

Resurrecting a brand can thus be of major asset for a company wishing to take advantage of the notoriety of a distinctive sign that has returned to the public domain. However, some of these marks are not legally neither quite dead, nor quite alive, and it is advisable to be very careful, given that the case law is still rare and uncertain on this subject.

Dreyfus is experienced in anticipating, securing and optimizing IP portfolios, which ultimately adds value to our clients’ businesses.

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues with our articles written by  Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

How to bring an action for invalidity or revocation of a trademark before the French Trademark Office INPI?

INPI, procedure, intellectual property, trademarks

On April 1, 2020, a new trademark action nullity or revocation procedure entered into force, with the PACTE law.

This law, transposing European Directive 2015/2436 commonly known as the “Trademark Package”, establishes a new administrative action for trademark invalidity before the National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”).

 

 

Since April 2020, it is possible to bring an action for nullity or revocation of a trademark before the INPI, a competence so far reserved for the courts.

The INPI’s e-procedures portal now makes it possible to introduce trademark invalidity or revocation requests. These new provisions entered into force with the PACTE law on April 1, 2020.

The procedure is instructed at the INPI by a team of specialized lawyers. It potentially makes unused trademarks available for new actors to use them, and enables to remove invalid trademarks or trademarks contrary to public order.

Applications for nullity or revocation of a trademark are only made electronically through a simple and fast tool, including online help and a secure payment area.

This administrative procedure replaces the procedure for contesting a trademark in court, which remains possible in certain specific cases, such as for infringement actions.

 

 

Who can request the invalidity of the trademark?

 

In the past, it was necessary to justify an interest in taking action to request the invalidity of a trademark. This interest in acting could, moreover, be strictly assessed.

From now on, when the request is based on an absolute ground of nullity, it is no longer necessary to prove an interest in bringing proceedings.

Absolute grounds for nullity relate to the intrinsic value of the trademark. For example, if the trademark is descriptive of the products it designates (such as “white chocolate” for … white chocolate), then any person can request that it be void, without justifying any damage that would be specific to them.

 

 

What are the characteristics of the procedure?

 

The procedure for nullity or revocation of a trademark opened before the INPI is a written and exclusively electronic procedure, accessible via the INPI e-procedures portal.

This procedure is subject to the adversarial principle, allowing the parties to exchange and confront their arguments several times throughout the procedure. The duration of the procedure is therefore dependent on the will of the parties, up to three contradictory written exchanges can be organized.

Finally, said procedure allows the presentation of oral observations. This hearing, at the request of one of the parties or the INPI, is organized at the end of the written exchanges.

 

 

Can we appeal the decision?

 

The decision is subject to appeal before a court, the appeal being devolutive and suspensive.

The decision of the INPI, like a court decision, can be appealed to the Court of Appeal of the applicant’s domicile.

The Parties will have one month to file an appeal, by electronic means, upon notification of the INPI decision. Some mandatory information are required, otherwise the claim could be deemed  inadmissible.

This appeal has a suspensive but also a devolutive effect, which means that the judges will have the obligation to retry the case in its entirety.

During the appeal process, the Parties have three months to hand in their submissions together with all of their substantive claims.

If necessary, a cassation appeal may be lodged subsequently, by the director of the INPI or the Parties.

 

What is the current state of this new procedure?

 

This new procedure made it possible to reduce a disparity that existed between France and the European Union, since this option was already offered before the European trademark office EUIPO.

Saving time and money for those who introduce the action but at the same time more risk of seeing your brand attacked if it is vulnerable.

The INPI case law databases show that 131 decisions have since been issued on April 1, 2021 ruling on the revocation or maintenance of a mark and 55 on the invalidity of a mark. It takes about six and a half months for a decision to be rendered.

By its simplicity and speed, the new trademark invalidity action procedure before the INPI helps relieve the congestion in the courts. Thus, decisions can be rendered relatively quickly and above all, more actions will be taken thanks to the limited costs of an administrative procedure.

 

 

Benefit from the new nullity and revocation proceedings before the INPI (French Office), Dreyfus can help you!

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with Intellectual Property law?

Trademarks, shop window, design, stores, intellectual propertyVisual Merchandising (VM) represents all store layout techniques. It is the art of implementing the identity dimension through scenarization of points of sale.

The term Visual Merchandising is born in the United States in the 1950s with the rise of art in business. Andy Warhol made the first storefronts in New York. After the years of the Depression, it was necessary to boost the economy with eye-catching storefronts.

The industry is branded, every brand is unique and represents your business in the market.

It is the art of implementing the identity dimension of a store through a scenarization of spaces. It is a true creation of the company which displays its own identity in its store.

Visual merchandising makes it possible to reconcile commercial efficiency, aesthetics and enhancement of the image of the brand in order to attract customers and retain them. There are different channels to seek legal protection of your investments in visual merchandising.

 

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with copyright law?

 

Interior design is likely to be protected by copyright, provided that the criteria of form and originality are met! In the “Ladurée” case, the Paris Court of Appeal acknowledged the originality of the layout: “The elements and spaces created bore the imprint of the author’s personality and in the choice of style, colors and decoration the personality of the author was reflected”.

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with trademark law?

 

To be protected, a trademark must be distinctive, lawful and available. Thus, the company Apple Inc was able to obtain the registration of its sales spaces as a three-dimensional trademark.

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with unfair competition and free-riding ?

 

The main act of unfair competition potentially occurring in visual merchandising is confusion / imitation: causing, in the mind of the customer, an assimilation or a similarity between two companies or between their products and services.

In the Zadig Voltaire v. Bérénice case, the company Zadig France based its claim to protect the fittings of its stores on unfair competition.

Parasitism refers to “the set of behaviors by which an economic agent interferes in the wake of another in order to profit, without investing anything, whether its efforts or its know-how”.

 

What precautions should you take to protect your IP rights?

 

To protect your IP rights, it is paramount to take several precautions:

* Ensure that confidentiality clauses are included in your contracts;

* Provide for nondisclosure agreements;

* Be vigilant on the terms of transfer of rights between the creator and the company.

For example, the Court of appeal of Paris considered in the Petit Bateau case that the publication by an employee of photographs revealing the new collection of a clothing brand, even on a private Facebook account, constitutes a serious fault justifying the dismissal.

The Court ruled that the employee at the origin of the publication had committed the serious fault of having communicated to third parties confidential information, while its employment contract expressly provided for an obligation of non-disclosure.

In order to protect your Visual merchandising, it is necessary to establish a protection strategy in the real world and in the digital world.

 

Why bet on the trademark?

 

This way you obtain a monopoly, which can be renewable indefinitely and which will constitute the pillar in your marketing and sales strategy.

It is important to register the trademark from the genesis of the project. To that end, it will be necessary to determine a limited but suitable territory. Likewise, it is important to think globally and digitally, and to envision the protection of domain names when registering your trademark.

 

The domain name is an important asset!

 

Today, intellectual property of which domain names are a part is identified by insurers as one of the top three risks facing businesses.

Domain names in particular serve as vectors for ever more sophisticated and varied frauds. Managing your brand on the internet is not just about filing and renewing, but also building a strategy.

It is important not only to invest in a protection and preventive defense strategy but also to set up appropriate watch services for your brand.

Finally, you must be particularly vigilant about the use that is made of your brand on the Internet by avoiding “bad buzz” that is harmful to your reputation.

As a creation, Visual merchandising is a real intellectual and economic investment that is essential to protect.

 

 

Dreyfus & associés

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

Why does the willingness to sell a domain name is not conditioned on an active approach? 

Télévision netflix (OMPI, Centre d’arbitrage et de médiation, 23 février 2021, affaire n° D2020-3322, Netflix Inc. c. WhoisGuard, Inc. / Siddharth Sethi)

 

Avons-nous encore besoin d’introduire Netflix ? Cette plateforme proposant des services de streaming vidéo compte 195 millions de membres dans plus de 190 pays et semble être connue dans le monde entier. Pourtant, certaines personnes tentent de se soustraire à cette notoriété pour tenter de se construire une légitimité artificielle et justifier l’enregistrement d’un nom de domaine .

 

En effet, alors que la société Netflix détient de nombreux enregistrements dans le monde pour le signe « NETFLIX » en tant que marque , la société a détecté l’enregistrement du nom de domaine <netflix.store> . En conséquence, elle a déposé une plainte auprès du Centre d’arbitrage et de médiation de l’OMPI pour obtenir son transfert.

Le nom de domaine, enregistré le 3 septembre 2017, pointe vers une page qui présente une animation composée d’un effet d’éclatement de couleur et se termine par un écran de couleur vierge.
Le titulaire soutient que le nom de domaine ne reproduit pas la marque NETFLIX mais est plutôt composé de deux termes , “net” et “flix”. Or, comme prévu, l’expert considère que la marque NETFLIX est reproduite à l’identique dans le nom de domaine.
L’expert considère que si l’utilisation du nom de domaine n’est pas commerciale, son enregistrement ne serait pas non plus considéré comme légitime. En effet, le site mis en place vise à légitimer l’enregistrement afin de dissimuler l’intention de vendre le nom de domaine au Plaignant. Ni la reproduction de la marque NETFLIX dans le nom de domaine litigieux, ni l’extension <.store> n’ont de sens si le projet devait effectivement être non commercial.

 

En conséquence, il estime que l’intimé n’a aucun droit ou intérêt légitime sur le nom de domaine .
Par ailleurs, l’expert constate que le Défendeur connaissait le Plaignant et son activité et prévoyait qu’en achetant le nom de domaine, il serait en mesure de le revendre au Plaignant avec un bénéfice significatif. Cette stratégie a été partiellement couronnée de succès, car Netflix a fait une offre que l’intimée a refusée, essayant d’obtenir une somme considérablement plus élevée.

Or, l’enregistrement d’un nom de domaine qui correspond à la marque d’un Plaignant avec l’intention de le vendre au Plaignant lui-même , établit la mauvaise foi. L’expert précise que le titulaire « [n’aurait pu] raisonnablement penser qu’un tiers serait en mesure d’utiliser commercialement le Nom de domaine litigieux ». Il convient également de noter que l’intimé a tenté de faire croire à la personne qui l’a contacté qu’il avait reçu d’autres offres plus élevées. En effet, le représentant de Netflix, qui n’avait pas indiqué qu’il agissait pour Netflix, ce qui était un secret de polichinelle, avait proposé la somme de 2 000 USD, que le déclarant jugeait trop faible.

L’expert commente ce comportement récurrent de certains cybersquatteurs : « Peu importe que le Défendeur n’ait pas proposé activement à la vente le Nom de domaine litigieux. Il n’est pas rare que des déclarants opportunistes de noms de domaine incluant une marque tierce attendent d’être approchés, réalisant qu’une offre active de vente du nom de domaine peut faciliter un procès UDRP à leur encontre ».

En conséquence, l’expert conclut que le nom de domaine litigieux a été enregistré et est utilisé de mauvaise foi et ordonne ainsi son transfert au Plaignant.

Sauf dans les cas où un nom de domaine reproduisant une marque notoire telle que NETFLIX est utilisé à des fins de critique sans usage commercial, ou pour un usage commercial minimal, il est quasiment inconcevable d’imaginer qu’un tel nom de domaine ait pu être enregistré de bonne foi . Netflix savait évidemment qu’elle gagnerait le procès, mais a visiblement choisi d’essayer de négocier un rachat à l’amiable pour un budget légèrement inférieur à celui d’une procédure UDRP, si l’on compte les 1 500 USD d’honoraires et les honoraires d’avocat. Cette approche, si elle réussissait, aurait permis d’économiser du temps et de l’argent, mais la simple offre de rachat a pour effet d’encourager le cybersquattage.

Read More

How to protect your brands in the digital era?

brand protectionIntellectual property was viewed with passion – and in a style steeped in pre-Romanticism! – as “the most sacred, the most legitimate, the most unassailable […], the most personal of properties”; “The least likely to be contested, the one whose increase can neither hurt republican equality, nor overshadow freedom,” said Patrick Tafforeau in his book Intellectual Property Law published in 2017.

It should be borne in mind that intellectual property is protected by law. This protection is notably achieved through patents, copyright and trademark registrations. These intellectual property rights allow creators to obtain a certain form of recognition or even a financial advantage from their inventions, plant varieties or creations.

In this sense, paragraph 1 of article L111-1 of the Intellectual Property Code provides that: “The author of a work of the mind enjoys on this work, by the sole fact of his creation, of an exclusive and  intangible property right enforceable against all”.

In fact, the Internet has created tremendous opportunities for companies in terms of communicating their brand message. However, its global reach, openness, versatility and the fact that it is largely unregulated are all elements that have created fertile ground for trademark infringement such as counterfeiting.

 

For a long time, real world activity and Internet activity were separated. Today, the two worlds undeniably tend to come together. Trademark law is therefore very useful in defending yourself in the digital era. By appropriately balancing the interests of innovators with those of the general public, the intellectual property system aims to foster an environment conducive to the flourishing of creativity and innovation.

When you create a company or launch a product, know that it is recommended to protect your trademark (which can be the name of your company, a logo, numbers, letters, etc. …). This registration will protect your company from counterfeiting.

Once registered, the trademark is an industrial property title which gives you a monopoly of exploitation for a period of ten years, renewable indefinitely.

Registering your trademark gives you an exclusive right to a sign that distinguishes the products or services you offer from those of your competitors, which is a significant competitive advantage ! As such, your sign is protected for the categories of goods and services referred to in your trademark registration and in the territory for which said registration is accepted.

In this perspective, it is necessary to put in place a strategy for the protection of your brand as soon as possible. Before filing a trademark, it is important to make sure that it is available and that there is no owner of an earlier right to that trademark. You must therefore be the first to register this mark.

The reasons why trademark registration is becoming a necessity are multiplying in the face of the phenomenon of cybersquatting. Thus, owners of registered trademarks benefit from new advantages in the defense of their rights on the Internet.

 

First, it has become increasingly important to protect your brand on social media. Since 2009, Facebook has allowed its members to create usernames, easily accessible, but which can include brands. Prior to 2009, Facebook allowed registered trademark owners to identify their trademarks and prevent their use by other members.

Most social networks register user names on a “first come, first served” basis. In order to defend your rights, it is preferable to have a registered trademark in order to report a violation of trademark rights, according to the general conditions of use of social networks.

 

Secondly, the presence of a mark on the Internet also imposes its protection in referencing on search engines and in particular paid referencing. Through the AdWords system, Google allows advertisers to select keywords so that their ads will appear to Internet users after entering those words into a search. Conflicts arise when advertisers buy keywords that contain brands, but do not have rights to them.

Owning a trademark right then also becomes extremely useful in the fight against unfair practices.

 

Thirdly, the proliferation of new gTLD domain name extensions must also attract the attention of trademark owners. To date, more than 300 new gTLDs have been delegated, and gradually hundreds more will follow. Faced with the risk of conflicts with protected trademarks, a new tool is made available to trademark rights holders: The Trademark Clearinghouse. It is a centralized declarative database of registered trademarks. Once the trademark is registered, the holder benefits from the priority registration period for new gTLDs – Sunrise Period – and is notified when a third party wishes to register a domain name identical or similar to its trademark. The registrant of the disputed domain name is also informed that he may infringe trademark rights.

 

Finally, if a domain name reproducing or containing a trademark is registered, the trademark rights holder has the possibility of taking action against cybersquatters using dedicated extrajudicial procedures such as the Uniform Rapid Suspension (URS) and the Uniform Domain Resolution Policy (UDRP). These dedicated procedures are only open to trademark holders.

It should be remembered that the business landscape has changed with the rise of the Internet and, in order to thwart the risks of intellectual property infringements on online markets, it is important that companies adapt their management of industrial property rights portfolio accordingly.

 

Nathalie Dreyfus – Industrial Property Attorney, Expert at the Paris Court of Appeal, Founder & Director of Cabinet Dreyfus in Paris – Dreyfus.fr

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

What happens to the domain name reserved by the franchisee once the contractual relations have been broken?

domain name

One of the key elements of the franchise is the authorisation given by the franchisor to the franchise to exploit its trademark. In such contracts, it is key to define precisely the terms of use.

Century 21 Real Estate LLC (“Century 21”) is a renowned real estate company, founded in 1971 and managing 8000 franchised agencies in 80 countries. In particular, it owns the trademark C21, protected in Montenegro.

Century 21 filed a complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center to obtain the transfer of the domain name <c21fresh.me> registered on November 14, 2012 by Lika Ivanoc, which belongs to the Fresh d.o.o. company in Montenegro, also specialized in real estate.

Century 21 asserts that in the past the Respondent has been a member of its network of franchisees but that this is no longer the case. Realogy Group LLC, another parent company of Century 21, was reported to have entered into an agreement with a Serbian company, Real Estate d.o.o.

According to this agreement, which the Complainant does not provide, Real Estate d.o.o was authorized to use the trademarks of Century 21 and to enter into sub-franchises.

 

This agreement would have expired in 2014.

The Complainant explains that in 2015, the parent company of the Respondent, Century 21 Fresh Real Estate, was notified of the end of the contract of franchise. The letter stated that Century 21 did not know if Century 21 Fresh Real Estate was commercially connected to Real Estate d.o.o.

In the absence of any response, Century 21 filed a complaint to the Montenegrin Trade Inspection, and after that, Century 21 Fresh Real Estate has been ordered to withdraw the trademark from the photographs published on the web site www.realitica.com.

The above situation is quite complex.

 To begin with, the Respondent did not reply to the complaint, which would have eventually clarified the situation and the possible links, even the indirect ones, between the Complainant and the Respondent.

The expert acknowledges the similarity between the domain name <c21fresh.me> and the C21 trademark. However, he does not issue commentaries on the legitimate interest of the registrant and directly moves on to rule on the question of registration in bad faith.

He notes that if the Complainant clearly indicates that the Respondent was part of its franchisees network, it also had a letter sent to the Respondent’s parent company, suggesting that it was not sure that the Respondent was actually part of this network.

It might be surprising how little control Century 21 has over its network of franchisees and sub-franchisees. However, the name of the Respondent’s parent company appeared on the site of one of the franchises of the Complainant, which suggests that the Respondent was indeed a member of the franchise network.

The expert notices that during the course of this agreement Real Estate d.o.o. and the sub-franchisees had the authorization to use the trademarks of Century 21. Thus, the domain name has certainly been registered within this framework. Unless a clear clause in the contract prohibits to register domain names, it is difficult to consider that the domain name has been registered in bad faith in 2012.

The experts relies on a previous case, Elders Limited v. Private Company, No. D2007-1099, in which the expert concluded that the name registered by the franchisee was part of its activity even without the franchisor’s express authorisation. In the absence of evidence of other motivations that might have pushed the Respondent to register the domain name, the registration was considered to be in good faith.

 

The question then arises as to whether the renewal of the domain name <c21fresh.me> after the end of the contract of franchise can define a new starting point for the criterion of registration in bad faith. Referring to the WIPO Overview 3.0, the expert indicates that the simple renewal of the domain name cannot qualify a bad faith registration. Consequently, the complaint is rejected.

 

This decision shows that it is always preferable, for a company, to be the owner of the domain names used by its partners, such as franchisees, even if the latter are the ones exploiting them. At the very least, drafting a contractual provision is essential, specifying the way in which the trademarks of the franchise can be operated and if such use includes the registration of domain names, under which conditions, which charter to respect and when these names must be returned. The same problem can arise for social media accounts.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Please feel free to contact us.

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Nov. 9, 2020, Case D2020-0008, Century 21 Real Estate LLC v. Luka Ivanoc, Fresh Realestate

Read More

International Trademark: Islamic Republic of Pakistan joins the Madrid System

As of May 24, 2021, the Madrid System will officially welcome its 108th member: the Islamic Republic of Pakistan.

On February 24, 2021, Pakistan deposited its instrument of accession to the Madrid System with the Director General of the World Intellectual Property Office (WIPO). The arrival of this new member brings the number of countries covered by the Madrid System to 124, and highlights the importance of this international system for the filing and registration of Trademarks.

The Madrid System provides a practical and cost-effective solution for the registration and management of trademarks worldwide. More than 1.5 million international trademarks have been registered since its creation in 1891. While the system has been in place for more than 125 years, three quarters of its member countries have joined it in the last three decades. After the recent accessions of Canada, Samoa, Thailand, and the Sultanate of Brunei, it is now up to Pakistan to join the protocol.

Pakistan’s adhesion to the Madrid Protocol enables the harmonization of Pakistani trademark law at the international level. With the filing of a single international Trademark application, Pakistani applicants now have the possibility to apply for protection in 124 countries. Likewise, Pakistan can be designated by applications from any state party to the Madrid system and international Trademark owners can easily extend their protection in the Pakistani market.

The international trademark system is a major asset for the registration of your trademarks abroad at a lower cost.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Please feel free to contact us.

Read More

Unfair competition: a doomed market place

Unfair competition: a doomed market placeOn November 20, 2020, the Court of Appeal of Paris, condemned Webedia, a company specialised  in the management of Internet sites, for unfair competition towards the Bonpoint company.

Bonpoint is specialized in the manufacture and sale of high-end children’s clothing, marketing its discontinued products through online retailers of multi-brand clothing, including Yoox.com.

The Webedia company, for its part, run the marketplace shopoon.fr which is a guide for buying fashion and decoration items online putting Internet users in touch with e-commerce merchant sites. In particular, it offers products appearing on the site yoox.com.

So far so good. However, the Bonpoint company has found that 93% of the products of its brand displayed on the site shopoon.fr are unavailable for sale, and when the user clicks on these unavailable products, he is redirected to similar and competing products belonging to other brands.

The Court of Appeal of Paris considered that the presentation of products on the site shopoon.fr allowed the consumer to clearly distinguish available items from unavailable items. Consequently, this presentation was not likely to substantially alter the economic behavior of the normally informed and reasonably attentive consumer who, in case of unavailability of the desired branded product, would turn to articles of another brand.

Therefore, the Court ruled that Webedia had not committed deceptive marketing practices.

However, the Court reminds that if the Webedia company does not sell directly the articles which it presents on its site, it is nevertheless remunerated as soon as it puts forward the products of different sites and brands, in the event of unavailability of the initially sought-after product. It thus draws a financial advantage from the redirection of web users to these products.

Consequently, the judges held on this point that the Webedia company was guilty of unfair competition, by presenting on the site shopoon.fr 93% of articles of the Bonpoint company which it knew unavailable, and by “referring the web user to the possibility of seeing similar competing products“. They considered that the Webedia company had thus used the attraction force of the Bonpoint brand to generate traffic of web users oriented towards other products.

 

The Court thus ordered Webedia to pay Bonpoint the sum of 22,043 euros in damages, including 20,000 euros in compensation for moral prejudice and 2,043 euros for misappropriation of customers.

Read More

Filing a trademark on behalf of a company in the process of creation: who may bring a trademark infringement action?

Dépôt d’une marque pour le compte d’une société en cours de formation : qui peut agir en contrefaçon de la marque ?It is common for trademarks to be filed by individuals acting on behalf of a company in the process of creation.

The founder of the company is then the regular owner of the trademark until the company in question takes over the filing. Therefore, the founder may initiate proceedings, in the meantime, in case of trademark infringement.

 

But what happens if the company that was supposed to be created and, therefore, become the owner of the trademark, is never formed?

The French Supreme Court expressed its view in a decision dated October 14, 2020. Ms. T, who had registered the trademark “Dousè Péyi” in the name of the company in the process of being created Dousè Péyi, filed a lawsuit against the company Sérénade des saveurs (Cass. Comm. 14 Oct. 2020, No. 18-23-965 T.c/ Sté Sérénade des saveurs).

The dispute concerned the filing of the trademark “Doucè Péyi”, almost identical to the earlier trademark.

Following this application, Ms. T sued Sérénade des saveurs for trademark infringement and unfair competition. The applicant raised a motion to dismiss the action, based on the lack of interest of the founder of the company to act in defence of a trademark registered on behalf of a company which was not yet created (see Article 31 of the French Code of Civil Procedure).

The company Sérénade des Saveurs claimed that Ms. T did not personally own the trademark. According to the defendant, since the company had never been created, Mrs. T should have recorded the change of ownership of the trademark at the INPI.

The first judges declared Ms. T’s action for infringement inadmissible for lack of interest in acting. The Court of Appeal confirmed this decision and stated that Ms. T “cannot claim ownership of this trademark in a personal capacity without having [recorded the change of ownership] on the National Trademark Register before initiating any action reserved to the owner of the trademark”. Otherwise, the change is unenforceable and any action in defence of the mark is therefore inadmissible.

Ms. T appealed to the Supreme Court and, rightly so, since the Commercial Chamber of the Court of Cassation ruled that the Court of Appeal had violated Article L210-6, paragraph 2, of the French Commercial Code, which establishes a system of taking over acts performed on behalf of a company in the process of creation: “every person who acted on behalf of a company in the process of creation before it acquired legal personality shall be held jointly and indefinitely liable for the acts thus performed, unless the company, after having been duly formed and registered, takes over the commitments entered into. Such commitments are then deemed to have been entered into from the outset by the company”.

The Supreme Court overturned the appeal decision and affirmed that in the absence of legal personality, the founder of the company, who registered the trademark, is the owner of the trademark and therefore Ms. T could rightly file a trademark infringement suit.

This solution guarantees the legal security of project leaders. The creation of a company can, in fact, take time. During this time, several acts must be accomplished and the law acknowledges their retroactive effect.

 

Filing a trademark in the name of a company in the process of creation is an interesting practice to enhance the value of the trademark assets and protect them against third parties that may file a similar or identical trademark while the company is not yet formed.

However, case law in this area is not consistent and requires to be attentive to details when filing a trademark.

In order for the company to automatically become the owner of the trademark at the time of its registration, a statement of the acts performed on behalf of the company while it being created should be made, which will be annexed to the articles of association, and should mention the filing of the trademark, indicating that the company takes over the legal act of filing on its behalf.

Dreyfus can assist you with the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries around the world. Please feel free to contact us.

Read More

The creation of a data access system Whois by ICANN

Since the advent of the General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR), it has become really difficult to obtain information about the registrant of a domain name. This obviously complicates the dialogue between trademark and domain name holders.

 

ICANN has proposed a project to create a System for Standardized Access/Disclosure (SSAD), which would allow standardized access to non-public data on domain name registrations.
The objective of the SSAD is to provide a predictable, transparent, efficient and accountable framework for access to non-public registration data. It must also be consistent with the GDPR.
However, the decision whether or not to grant requests would still belong to the registrars, as legal constraints on personal data may vary from country to country.

 

This project accelerated in August during Stage 2 of the policy development process, during which a final report was presented that provides 22 recommendations for the system.
The creation of this SSAD could, in the coming years, facilitate the fight against cybersquatting, which has been strongly impacted by the GDPR and WhoIs anonymization processes. It should be remembered that the next round of requests for domain name extensions should take place in 2023, bringing a whole new set of challenges in the fight against Internet attacks.

 

Source: LexisNexis, N°1 (January 2021)

Read More

Domain names in <.suck> : between attack to brand image and freedom of expression

Sources: Domain Incite, Free speech, or bad faith? UDRP panels split on Everything.sucks domains, Oct. 22, 2020:

Free speech, or bad faith? UDRP panels split on Everything.sucks domains


Mirapex.sucks, Case n° 103141, 2020-06-29 : https ://udrp.adr.eu/adr/decisions/decision.php ?dispute_id=103141
Bioderma.sucks, Case n° 103142, 2020-07-01 : https ://udrp.adr.eu/adr/decisions/decision.php ?dispute_id=103142DNS News No. 270, Oct. 2020

The top-level domain name extension <.sucks> was open for registration by ICANN in 2015. At the time, some brands were already concerned about the risk of cybersquatting on these extensions, and the possible damage to the brand image that this could generate. In fact, many domain names that use trademarks known and ending in <.sucks> were born. Very often, these domain names refer to pages where Internet users can complain about the brand in question, whether they are consumers or former employees.

During the past months, the phenomenon has intensified with a lot of reservation numbers, clearly done by the same registrar of the domain name in <.sucks>. Suddenly, new online pages have emerged, with the same structure and bad comments about renowned brands. A system of resale at prices between $199 and $599 is also in place.
The question of the dispute resolution about the <.suck> is complex, since the situation raises issues relating to freedom of expression.

Two recent cases with two opposite outcomes illustrate this complexity. The domain names <mirapex.sucks> and <bioderma.sucks> were both registered by the same registrar and are both the subject of UDRP complaints. In response to these two complaints, the defendant based his argument on freedom of expression. For <mirapex.sucks>, the complaint was unsuccessful, on the contrary, for <bioderma.sucks>, the name transfer was ordered.

In the case of <bioderma.sucks>, the expert had taken into consideration the fact that the registrar didn’t use the domain name for bad comments on the trademark in question but was simply a third party who registered the domain name seeking to resell it. The reseller was a company located in the Turks and Caicos Islands whose activity is the purchase and resale of names in <.sucks>. The latter had no way of verifying if the bad comments were authentic. Especially because those comments seemed to have been added only after the complaint was filed.

On the other hand, in the decision on <mirapex.sucks>, reserved by the same company, the transfer was refused. The expert gave special attention to the nature of the <.sucks> and to the freedom of expression, while underlining the insufficiency of the argumentation of the applicant.
One thing is sure: prevention is better than cure, therefore it would preferable to register a brand in the extension <.sucks>, on a purely defensive basis.

Read More

The opportunity to add a registered domain name to the complaint after the filing

domain nameIf Virgin Enterprises Limited (“Virgin”) was notably known by the French public as a megastore on the Champs Elysées, now permanently shut down; the company, on the contrary, is still very active in many different sectors such as travel, under the Virgin Voyages brand, or even in the mobile sector under the Virgin Mobile brand. As we all know, success is often followed by harm. Having detected the registration of domain names by a third party taking over its brands, namely <virgincruisevoyages.com>, <virginmediabiz.com>, <virginmobilewifi.com>, Virgin has filed an UDRP complaint against these names, July 23, 2020.

On the day the complaint was notified, July 27, the name <govirginvoyages.com> was registered and the applicant added it to his complaint. The expert reminds that a complaint can indeed cover several names, if they are registered by the same person or under the same name or under a common control.

In order to accept the request for consolidation, the expert takes in consideration the following elements:
* the names <govirginvoyages.com> and <virgincruisevoyages.com> that refer to identical sites and the same email contact;

* the registrant of the name <govirginvoyages.com> has the same first name as the registrant of of <virgincruisevoyages.com>, <virginmovilewifi.com> and <virginmediabiz.com>.

Thus, it seems possible to add a reserved name to a complaint after the filing.

Subsequently, the expert was able to conclude without difficulty that there was no legitimate interest of the defendant and bad faith. The defendant did not respond to the complaint.

All names resolved to sites copying those of Virgin and two of them, in particular, <virgincruisevoyages.com> and virginmobilewifi.com> were used in the context of fraud, aimed at “obtaining public information for commercial gain”. In addition, the registrar already used, in the past, other domain names related to Virgin’s brands. The expert said that “the use of some of the domain names involved in conducting an e-mail phishing scam is the type of illegal activity that is clearly considered to be the proof of bad faith”. This decision also highlights the need to be vigilant when mail servers – also known as “servers MX” – are set on a domain name. When such servers are set up, the reservee can send to anyb0ody e-mails from an address that includes the domain name, and endanger the company and its consumers; just checking if a website is in place on the names cybersquatted is not enough.

In this case, each single name was associated with a fake site and two of them had in addition a mail server that was carrying an e-mail fraud campaign. Thus, would be preferable to set up adequate surveillance on the company’s brands and to carefully analyze those, which are closest to the brand in order to take the right actions once the registration is detected.

 

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Oct. 23, 2020, aff. D2020-1921, Virgin Enterprises Limited v. Aladin Chidi, NA / Aladin Tg.

Read More

The importance of taking care of the arguments within a complaint

Domain Privacy Service FBO Registrant / Cobra Jet, Cobrajetaviation Cobrajet, Inc. located in the United States, has filed an UDRP complaint to obtain the transfer of the domain name <cobrajetaviation.com>, reserved by the Egyptian company Cobra Jet, Cobrajetaviation which would harm its Egyptian trademark Cobrajet.

In February 2020, the applicant allegedly asked one of its employees to proceed with the registration of the name <cobrajetaviation.com> on his behalf. The latter would thus have reserved the name using his personal credit card first, and being reimbursed by the applicant later. When the job contract ended, he would have refused to transfer to the applicant the information she needed in order to take control over the domain name and its related website. This is a very common dispute and, once again, it give us the chance to recall the importance of establishing  naming charter within the company and the importance of assuring the respect of good practices: each domain name must be reserved by the company and with a generic e-mail address of type nomsdedomaine@entreprise.com.

Moreover, since this dispute involves a contractual dispute rather than a dispute over the on a classic case of cybersquatting, the expert rejects the complaint believing that it is for the courts to deal with this matter which “generates questions of contractual breaches, breaches of contract, breaches of fiduciary duties and potentially questions related to local labor laws”. The expert also said and pointed out that even if he could have known about the case on the merits, he would certainly have rejected the complaint, for two major reasons.

On the one hand, in order to prove its right on the trademark, the applicant has submitted the certified translation of a trademark application in Egypt, filed on January 26, 2020 and not yet registered. The expert also notes that a certified translation is not enough to determine who is the true owner of the trademark and that the copy of the original document  was missing as wall.

On the other hand, the expert believes that the applicant’s arguments are insufficient to demonstrate the defendant’s bad faith. He did not gave proof of the instructions addressed to the employee; therefore, it is not possible to determine whether he or she has complied with them. However, the UDRP procedure involves proving both the registration and the use of the name in bad faith.

Therefore, it is necessary to ensure that the complaint has a chance to succeed within the framework of the UDRP action, that it does not go beyond its scope and prepare the argument and the most important thing is to provide evident proof of its trademark right; presenting the request for a trademark that does not confer any protection. It should be also noted that the applicant gave an insufficient presentation of herself within the complaint, at the point that the expert indicates that they “presume” that the applicant is active in the aviation sector.

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Nov. 5, 2020, aff. No. D2020-2024 Cobrajet, Inc. v. The Endurance International Group, Inc,

Read More

Liability of online platforms operators : where do we stand?

Operators of online hosting platforms will soon know exactly what responsibility to assume for illegal or hateful content published on these platforms. The current climate seems to be very conducive to clarifying the nature and extent of their liability.

In this respect, two schools of thought clash: for some, it is necessary to impose obligations to control the content published on these platforms, but for others, this would reflect the attribution of a new role to these operators, which has not been given to them on a basic level.

There would be a risk that platform operators would become judges of online legality and a risk of ‘over-withdrawing’ content stored by them at the request of users of their platforms, to the extent that they also remove legal content,” said Advocate General Henrik Saugmandsgaard Øe, who presented his conclusions before the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) on July 20, referring to request for  preliminary ruling a preliminary ruling made by the Bundesgerichtshof, the German Federal Court of Justice, on two disputes brought before the German national courts.

The first dispute (1) was between Frank Peterson, a music producer, and the video-sharing platform YouTube and its parent company Google over the users posting , of several phonograms without Mr. Peterson’s permission, to which he claims to hold rights.

In the second (2), Elsevier Inc, an editorial group, sued Cyando AG, in connection with its operation of the Uploaded hosting and file-sharing platform, over the uploading, again by users without its authorization, of various works to which Elsevier holds exclusive rights.

 

In said requests for preliminary ruling, it is a question of knowing whether the operator of content platforms such as YouTube, performs acts of communication to the public pursuant to Article 3(1) of Directive 2001/29 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society, a directive that was invoked against YouTube.

The answer is negative, according to the Advocate General, who invites the CJEU to bear in mind that the legislator of the Union has specified that the “mere provision of facilities intended to enable or carry out a communication does not in itself constitute a communication within the meaning of [this directive]”. According to the Advocate General, it is, therefore, important to distinguish a person performing the act of “communication to the public”, within the meaning of the Article 3(1) of the Directive 2001/29, from service providers, such as YouTube and Cyando, who, by providing the “facilities” enabling this transmission to take place, act as intermediaries between that person and the public. On the other hand, a service provider goes beyond the role of intermediary when it actively intervenes in the communication to the public – if it selects the content transmitted, or presents it to the public in a different way from that envisaged by the author.

Such a conclusion would lead to the non-application of the Article 3(1) of the Directive 2001/29 to those people facilitating the performance, of unlawful acts of “communication to the public”, by third parties.

 

Moreover, it is a question of knowing whether the safe harbour – in the case of “provision of an information society service consisting in storing information provided by a recipient of the service” – provided for in the Article 14 of the the Directive on electronic commerce n°2000/31 is in principle accessible to these platforms (according to the Advocate General, it is).

This provision provides that the provider of such a service cannot be held liable for the information that it stores at the request of its users, unless the provider, after becoming aware or conscious of the illicit nature of this information, has not immediately removed or blocked it.

However, according to the Attorney General, by limiting itself to a processing of this information that is neutral with respect to its content without acquiring intellectual control over this content, the provider such as YouTube, cannot be aware of the information it stores at the request of the users of its service.

The CJEU will, therefore, have to rule on these issues in the coming months.

Furthermore, it should be noted that in 2019, the Union legislator adopted the Directive No. 2019/790, not applicable to the facts, on copyright and related rights in the single digital market, modifying in particular the previous Directive of 2001. A new liability regime was introduced in Article 17 for operators of online hosting platforms.

Sources :

https://curia.europa.eu/jcms/upload/docs/application/pdf/2020-07/cp200096fr.pdf

 

  • C-682/18 Frank Peterson v Google LLC, YouTube LLC, YouTube Inc., Google Germany GmbH

 

C-683/18 Elsevier Inc. v Cyando AG

Read More

Racism: when the news catches up with the brands

Uncle Ben’s, Eskimo Pie, Quaker Oats… Apart from the fact that they belong to the food sector, these brands have one thing in common: for a long time they did not seem to be a problem but current events, the #BlackLivesMatter movement and the evolution of society have rightly highlighted the racist side of their name, logo or slogan. These companies have made the decision to change their image and the brands they operate.

In order to be registered with the French office (INPI), a trademark must meet a lawfulness condition : it must not be contrary to public order and morality. Therefore, an obscene design, a Nazi insignia or a racist slogan will obviously be declared inadmissible at the time of their examination by the INPI services following their filings.

 

Independent assessment of the specialty

In trademark law, it is the sign itself that is taken into consideration. Thus, the lawfulness of the goods or services it covers is not relevant for assessing the conformity of a sign with the public policy. When assessing the conformity with the public policy and morality of the sign, the nature of the goods to which the mark is affixed or of the service which it designates is not relevant.

On the other hand, a mark deemed racist remains racist regardless of the nature of the goods or services it designates. The packaging mark “Paki” could have escaped the qualification of “contrary to public policy” with respect to the goods it designates. Indeed, the name of the mark is probably not intended to claim a racist idea, since it is a derivative of the verb “To Pack” meaning “to pack”. However, since the term “Paki” is also used to pejoratively refer to Pakistanis, the registration of this trademark would have contravened the principle of respect for public order and morality because of the racist reference implied by the trademark.

 

Assessment in regard to the relevant public

A trademark’s conformity to the public policy, and by extension its racist character, is determined by its potential to shock the public with which it will be exposed to. By “public”, we obviously mean the targeted consumers but also other people who, without being concerned by the said goods and services, will be exposed to this sign in an incidental manner in their daily lives. In this respect, the “Paki” trademark refused in the United Kingdom, where the racist term is very common, would probably not have caused the same unease in a country where this racist insult is not used.

It might also explain why trademarks such as Uncle Ben’s or Quaker Oats have not been considered racist at the time of their registration and for years to come. Intended for a predominantly Western audience and distributed in countries where “ordinary racism” has long been normalized, the public they were aimed at was not “shocked” by their image.

This situation is similar to the one of the Banania brand with the slogan “Y’a bon Banania”, vocalized by a Senegalese skirmisher. The slogan, meaning “It’s good” (C’est bon) in broken French, perpetuated, according to anti-racism associations such as the Movement against racism and for friendship between people (MRAP – Mouvement contre le racisme et pour l’amitié entre les peuples), the racist and denigrating stereotype that a black person was not capable of speaking French correctly.  Until the 1970s, the slogan was commonly used by the brand. On May 19, 2011, the Versailles Court of Appeal ruled in favour of MRAP in a decision in which it required Nutrimaine, the company that owns the Banania trademark, to stop selling any product bearing that slogan.

 

Companies owning the Uncle Ben’s, Quaker’s Oats and Eskimo pie brands have announced that they will remove or change their visual identities that perpetuate racial stereotypes. When it comes to trademark law, the assessment of the racist character by trademark offices is becoming more meticulous.

Read More

The new trademark nullity procedure before the French Trademark Office (INPI)

On April 1, 2020, a new trademark invalidity procedure came into force with the French “PACTE” legislation. This law transposes the European Directive 2015/2436, commonly known as the “Trademark Package”, and establishes a new administrative action for nullity before the French National Institute of Industrial Property (“INPI“).

Previously, only the French court of first instance in civil, criminal and commercial matters (“le tribunal judiciaire”) was competent in trademark nullity actions. From now on, this competence is shared with the INPI.

This administrative procedure before the INPI makes it possible to obtain a decision within a shorter period of time (between 6 and 10 months) and at a lower cost.

 

 

 

 

 

Which trademark can be contested ?

 

An action for nullity may be filed against a registered French trademark or an international trademark designating France.

 

 

On what grounds can you file an action for nullity of trademark ?   

 

A trademark may be declared invalid if it is vitiated by a defect which corresponds to a ground for invalidity. For instance, this is the case if it is:

– It is devoid of a distinctive character,

– It describes the designated products and/or services;

– It misleads the public,

-It is contrary to public order or morality.

If the trademark infringes a third party right,  it forms a relative ground for invalidity.

 

Who can form an action for nullity or revocation of trademark?

 

In the past it was necessary to justify before the courts an interest in forming such action (is it a French procedural requirement in taking legal action)   . This “interest to act” (“intérêt à agir”) could even be strictly assessed by judges.

With regard to the new procedure, when the action is based on an absolute ground for nullity, it is no longer necessary to prove an interest in bringing the proceedings.

The absolute ground for invalidity is one relating to the intrinsic value of the trademark. For example, if the trademark is descriptive of the goods it designates (such as “White chocolate” for … white chocolate), then any one may form an action for nullity without having to justify any harm.

 

 

When is the INPI competent?

 

The distribution of actions between the judge and the INPI is determined by articles L716-2 and L716-5 of the Intellectual Property Code.

Henceforth, the INPI has exclusive jurisdiction in certain claims, including for instance :

— nullity actions based on earlier trade marks (Community or French Trademark, International Trademark designating France or the EU, well-known trade mark)

– invalidity actions based on a domain name, only if its scope is not only local and there is a risk of confusion, or

– actions for invalidity of trademarks filed by the agent or representative of the trademark owner without his consent

This is the case for actions mainly concerning nullity based on one or more absolute grounds (such as misleading nature), but also for actions mainly concerning nullity based on relative grounds (such as infringement of prior rights of a trademark or a corporate name). However, French courts remain competent in regards to invalidity actions based on copyright or rights resulting from a protected design.

 

 

What about applications before the wrong authority (INPI instead of the judge and vice versa)?

When the plaintiff files an action before the wrong court, the action will simply be declared inadmissible.

 

 

How does the procedure at the INPI work? (Art. R. 716-1 from R.716-8 of the Intellectual Property Code)

 

The procedure begins with a one-month pre-instruction phase. During this admissibility examination, the INPI checks that the application contains all the required documents and information (statement of grounds on which each claim is based).

Afterwards will occur an investigation phase, which may last six months, and during which written exchanges will take place between the Parties : each Parties will set out their arguments and respect each other’s’ possibility of responding to accusations (the French procedural “principe du contradictoire”).

At the end of this investigation phase, the decision-making phase will take place, over a period of three months. It will be possible to limit the action in the course of the proceedings, by limiting it to either certain goods and services covered by the contested trademark, or to only some of the contested trademarks.

If the INPI confirms the trademark’s nullity the nullity shall be pronounced within three months, by decision of the General Director of the INPI and shall take effect on the date of filing. Nullity, therefore, has retroactive and absolute effect. The decision shall be entered in the National Trademarks Register and published in the Official Bulletin of Industrial Property (BOPI).

 

 

What remedies are available against the INPI’s decision?

 

The INPI’s decision, like every court decision, may be appealed against before the French Court of Appeal where the applicant is domiciled.

The Parties will have one month to appeal, by electronic means, upon notification of the INPI’s decision. The compulsory details of the appeal will be required, otherwise the appeal will be inadmissible. It is important to note that this action has a suspensive, but also devolutive effect, which means that judges will be obliged to retry the case in its entirety. During the procedure of appeal, the Parties have a three months deadline to submit their conclusions, including all their claims on the merits. If necessary, a claim can be brought against the decision of the Court of Appeal : it is called a “pourvoi en cassation” in French legislation. Either the Director of INPI or the Parties can form such a claim.

Ultimately, the new nullity action procedure before the INPI, relieves the courts (the “tribunal judiciaire”) by its simplicity and speed. Hence, decisions will be rendered relatively quickly and, above all, more actions will be brought thanks to the limited costs of an administrative procedure.

 

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

– How to bring an action for invalidity or revocation of a trademark before the French Trademark Office INPI?

Read More

Raising funds through your intellectual property assets?

Start-ups’ executives, having difficulty obtaining loans to raise funds, may benefit from promoting their intellectual property assets, which can be used as loan guaranties or other credits. Indeed, intangible assets are among the preferred asset classes for investors seeking strong guarantees. As such, investment funds are offering more and more original solutions to fund start-ups.

 

Beyond the traditional tools of funding through intellectual property such as licenses, new ways of raising funds using intangible assets are emerging: auctions (by auction houses specializing in this field), online tradings, trusts, mortgages, etc.

 

On which assets should you base your collateral?

 

 

  • Patents

 

The patent portfolio of research companies is a valuable asset, provided it is kept under control. Under a mortgage, or a trust, the source of income, in order to be certain, requires the patent to be licensed.

 

  • Trademarks, designs

If the trademarks are licensed, they can give rise to a certain and regular income. They offer a valuable guarantee if the business is successful.  For instance, in the late 1990s DreamWorks and the Tussauds Group both granted security guarantee over their IP covering both existing and future IP[1].

 

Moreover, designs have the advantage of having a value independent from the company’s status. Therefore, they can be a guarantee of value for investors.

 

  • Copyrights

Copyrights lasts up to 70 years after the author’s death : as such, once ownership and value are proven, they provide a valuable guarantee for the investor. Thereupon, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) has demonstrated that the taking of guarantees over copyright in the film and music industries is widespread and increasing in the biotechnology and software industries[2].

The forerunner of this financial innovation in intellectual property, David Bowie, will be remembered when he sold the “Bowie Bonds” which provided him with a regular income of over $1 million per year earned on the 25 albums he recorded before 1990.

 

It is therefore important to think of your intellectual property rights as real assets, and to reconsider the way they can be used: they can become effective security interests, especially for SMEs or start-ups that are launching their business.

 

This is true all over the world. For example, in India the government has introduced loan guarantee schemes through the possibility of mortgaging your trademarks or patents in order to encourage start-ups and cover the risk of real commercialization failures based on assets mortgaged by intellectual property rights.

 

To be continued!

 

It now appears possible to raise funds through your intellectual property assets. Dreyfus, an expert in legal issues related to intellectual property since 2004, helps you protect and enhance your rights and advises you on how to best manage your assets.

 

 

[1] [1]« Taking security over IP » Fieldfisher – February 2015

 

[2] « The Challenge of IP Financing » WIPO – September 2008

Read More

Sale of the domain name extensions: .cars, .car and .auto at auction

The domain name extensions (gTLDs) “.cars”, “.car” and “.auto” are about to be auctioned on July 13, 2020. Launched in 2015, these extensions have been at the forefront of innovation in the domain name and automotive marketing. They have been used around the world by dealerships, startups and major automotive technology companies.

After a five-year partnership, and more than $11 million raised, XYZ, a company offering new domain name options, and Uniregistry, both a registrar and a domain name registry, have jointly decided to divest this investment.

 

The auction will be conducted by Innovative Auctions, an independent auction consulting firm, and all assets to be auctioned will include the extensions in question, as well as all intellectual property rights, trademarks, social network accounts and high-value domain names such as <electric.car> and <rental.car>, which are currently reserved by Uniregistry.

It should be noted that this is the first gTLD auction in which anyone can participate. Interested parties can contact cars@innovativeauctions.com for more information.

Read More

Admissibility of the complaint against several defendants, subject to the existence of a body of evidence

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, May 7, 2020, No. D2020-0491, Crédit Industriel et Commercial S.A. and Confédération Nationale du Crédit Mutuel v. Whois Privacy Service / Yassine Ahmed / Yassine Cleoo / Yassinee Cleo / Yacin Helaloa / Robert Michel

 

The companies Crédit industriel et commercial (“CIC”) and Confédération nationale du Crédit Mutuel (“Crédit Mutuel”), which belong to the same group, jointly filed a UDRP complaint against six defendants, including an anonymous service, following the reservation of 25 domain names. One reproduces the trademark CIC ( ), the others the trademark Crédit Mutuel ( ).

In theory, the UDRP Complaint should only be directed at one defendant. However, a complaint against several defendants may be admissible if it is shown, by corroborating evidence, that the domain names were most likely reserved by the same person or are under common control, despite disparities in the information communicated by the registrants at the time of registration. This is known as “consolidation of the complaint”. Of course, each defendant is given the opportunity to rebut this alleged connection by filing a response in the proceedings.

Here, the expert accepted the applicants’ request for 24 of the 25 domain names in question. Indeed, numerous elements tend to show that these names are under common control:

– they have similar structures: <credit-mutual-online-space-customer-confirmation-mobile.net>, <credit-mutual-service-security.org>, <cic-online-space-customer-confirmationmobile.com>, etc.

. – three defendants have the same first name, except for a few spelling variations: Yassine Cleoo, Yassinee Cleo, Yacin Helaloa. And two of them have almost the same last name: Cleoo / Cleo;

– four defendants mentioned addresses in Madrid, Spain;

– the domain names have been reserved through the same registrar, Amazon Registrar, Inc. ;

– the reservation date is close: December 2019 ;

– all used the same anonymity service (first respondent, namely Whois Privacy Service).

On the other hand, the request for consolidation of the complaint was refused because of the 25th domain, reserved by the sixth defendant. In fact, the expert noted that the information which defines this domain name and its reserved name does not make it possible to establish a link with the other defendants:

– the structure of the domain is different: <creditmutuel.com;

– the reservee has given an address in France and not in Spain;

– the domain name was registered in January 2020 while the other domains were registered in December 2019. Thus, the expert, after analysing the complaint on the merits, agreed to the transfer of the first 24 domain names to the applicants. As for the domain name, they refused to pronounce its transfer, considering that it was not demonstrated that its registrant was linked to the other defendants. They specifies, however, that the applicants may very well file a separate complaint against this domain name if they wish so.

 

The consolidation of the complaint allows several complainants to file a joint complaint and to target several defendants at the same time or alternatively. When several defendants are involved, concrete elements that lead to the belief that the registrants are related, should be reported. In addition to elements relating to identity, one can take into account the structure of the domain names, the date of registration, the hosting providers and registration of the domain, the page that the domain points to, etc.

This possibility offered to complainants has several beneficial aspects: mutualizing costs, getting around the “trap” of cybersquatters which consists in filling in false data when reserving domain names, not to mention a considerable time saving for both right holders and arbitration centres.

 

Our commentary of the decision is available in the issue n° 7-8, July 2020, alert 54 of the review Industial Property.

Read More

Invalidity action: assessment of the likelihood of confusion between a trademark and an earlier company name when the companies maintain economic links at the time of filing

In a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union from April entretiennent, 2020 Gugler France SA v Gugler GmbH (Case No 736/18), the Tenth Chamber held, in the context of an invalidity action, that there is no likelihood of confusion between a trade mark and an earlier corporate name if, at the time of filing, the companies do in fact maintain economic links, and provided that there is no likelihood of error among the public as to the origin of the designated goods.

As a reminder, the Article L711-4 of the Intellectual Property Code states that it is not possible to register a trademark that could infringe prior rights, and in particular, if there is a likelihood of confusion, distinctive signs such as the company name or corporate name.

Thus, a conflict may arise when a company files as a trademark a sign that is identical to the corporate name of a company operating in the same sector of activity, creating in consequence a likelihood of confusion. The owner of the previous corporate name will then be entitled to act to cancel the trademark.

While the coexistence of a company name with a subsequently registered trademark had already been admitted (decision of the Paris Court of Appeal from February 24, 1999), it had also been affirmed that, if the use of the prior rights infringed their trademark right, the owner could request that the use be limited or prohibited (Commercial Chamber of the Court of Cassation of November 12, 1992). Therefore, the trademark right could defeat the prior right.

Thus, in case law, there is a certain prevalence of trademark rights over other distinctive signs.

In its decision from April 23 ,2020 Gugler France SA v. Gugler GmbH, the ECJ clarified the assessment of the likelihood of confusion between a trademark and an earlier company name.

 

The German company Gugler GmbH registered the semi-figurative Community trade mark “GUGLER” on August 25, 2003.

On November 17, 2010, Gugler France filed an application for a declaration of invalidity of the trade mark, in respect of all the goods and services designated, on the basis of its earlier company name.

The CJEU, seized after an application filed with the Cancellation Division of EUIPO and the filing of an appeal before the General Court of the European Union, confirmed the latter’s decision and dismissed Gugler France’s application for a declaration of invalidity.

In fact, on the day the trademark was registered, there were commercial relations between the parties, Gugler France being the distributor in France of the products manufactured by Gugler GmbH. In addition, Gugler GmbH held shares in the capital of Gugler France.

 

The Court held that the fact that consumers may believe that the goods and services in question come from companies which are economically linked does not constitute an error as to their origin.

The Court therefore rejects the argument of Gugler France that, in order to avoid the likelihood of confusion, the economic link must exist in a particular sense, namely from the holder of the earlier rights (Gugler France) to the holder of the later rights (Gugler GmbH).

According to the Court, the mere existence of a single point of control within a group in respect of products manufactured by one of them and distributed by another may be sufficient to exclude any likelihood of confusion as to the commercial origin of those products.

 

By this solution of the Court, the essential function of a trade mark right, which is the function of guaranteeing the identity of origin of the marked goods or services, is also indirectly recalled. The trade mark thus serves to distinguish the goods or services of one company from those offered by another company. Therefore, in this case, the commercial links between the two parties made it possible to consider that the goods had the same commercial origin.

 

Read More

Figurative trademarks: be aware of the extent of your protection

The judges of the Paris Court of Appeal, ruling on a referral from the Court of Cassation, adopted a strict approach to similarities between a figurative trademark and a later , semi-figurative trademark in a dispute between two companies specialized in ready-to-wear clothing.

 

The company Compagnie Financière de Californie (“Compagnie de Californie”), which specializes in street wear chic clothing, is the owner of the trademarks on the sign, in particular for clothing products.

In 2013, the company noted that International Sport Fashion, also active in the fashion industry, had registered and used a trademark that it believes to be similar to its own:

 

The signs in question have the shape of an eagle’s head, without detail, reproduced in black and white within a circle.

In order to obtain compensation for the damage it considers to have suffered, Compagnie de Californie brought an action for infringement.

 

After having been dismissed at first instance and on appeal, the company turned to the Court of Cassation, which referred the case back to the trial judges after partial cassation.

The referring Court of Appeal first compared the trademarks in question. Its analysis is rigorous, particularly from a conceptual standpoint: it considers that the trademark of Compagnie de Californie refers to “the dark side of the bird of prey while the other refers to the image of a much less aggressive bird” (certainly due to the presence of a closed beak).

 

The court points out, among other things, that visually, these birds’ heads are not facing the same direction and that one has the beak closed and the other open.

 

On the phonetic level, the court notes, unsurprisingly, that the mark at issue will be pronounced “Eagle Square” in reference to the verbal element it contains, which will not be the case for the earlier mark.

 

The court, therefore, considers that there is no likelihood of confusion between the marks.

 

Next, it examines the question of the exploitation by International Sport Fashion of its mark for clothing products. The Court takes into account all possible elements such as the packaging which contains the goods. The name “EAGLE SQUARE” is affixed to the packaging; it, therefore, considers that there is no likelihood of confusion in the minds of consumers.

It also states that the contested sign which appears by itself on some of the articles is each time bicoloured, “inducing a caesura in the sign”, which gives an overall impression, very different from the earlier mark.

 

The court, therefore, did not grant the applications of Compagnie de Californie.

 

Thus, with respect to figurative marks, it is necessary to meticulously estimate the chances of success of an infringement action, since great similarities are generally required to recognize the likelihood of confusion.

This case shows that even marks with a comparable style (presence of a bird in a circle, with only the head entirely painted black) can coexist in the market.

It is questionable whether the Court of Appeal would have taken a different approach had International Sport Fashion affixed the only black and white eagle head to its products. The question also arises as to whether the outcome might have been partially different had  California Company also registered, as a trademark, its coloured eagle (which can be found in red on its official website https://www.compagniedecalifornie.com/).

 

Therefore, in addition to a detailed analysis of the chances of success before bringing an action, it is also necessary to protect the trademark as exploited, taking into account its variants, so as to benefit from the widest possible scope of protection.

Read More

Questions and answers about the new opposition procedure before the French trademark office INPI

Since December 11, 2019, the French opposition procedure has evolved. We provide an update on the changes and questions.

 

Key elements about the French opposition against trademarks

Typically, as soon as a trademark application could infringe a prior trademark right, it is possible to prevent its registration by opposing said trademark application directly before the French Trademark Office INPI.

This was the case before the reform and it hasn’t changed since: an opposition can be filed against a French trademark application or an international trademark designating France.

The time limits to act remain unchanged and are as follow:

– Regarding the registration of a French trademark application, an opposition must be filed within two months of the publication of said application in the French Official Bulletin of Industrial Property (BOPI).

– In the case of an international trademark application designating France, the opposition request is filed within two months of the publication of the registration in the WIPO Gazette of International Trademarks.

 

This procedure has evolved since December 11, 2019, offering a new opposition process.

 

In which situations does the new opposition procedure apply?

– Applicable to French trademark applications filed as of December 11, 2019, for trademarks published in the BOPI as of January 3, 2020.

– Applicable to French designations of international trademark applications, published in the WIPO Gazette as of December 11, 2020.

 

What is the purpose of this reform?

This reform was implemented in order to reinforce the adversarial principle, by allowing the parties to exchange and compare their arguments throughout the procedure, on the one hand; and on the other hand, to support the analysis of evidence of use of the earlier trademark.

 

What are the changes brought about by this new opposition procedure?

If you wish to oppose a trademark application filed after December 11, 2019, you can now :

Base your opposition on other rights than trademark rights (which were not previously taken into account) such as well-known trademarks, company names or corporate names, trade names, signs or domain names;

Invoke several previous rights in the same opposition (provided they belong to the same owner) ;

Ground your opposition within one month by filing the statement of grounds on which the opposition is based. At the end of this period, the opposition is notified to the opposite party. However, it is impossible to extend the scope of the opposition during this period, either to other goods or services referred to in the initial application, or to other prior rights.

 

 

  • On the rights and grounds that can be invoked

What are the rights and grounds for the opposition?

Prior to the reform, the rights and grounds on which an opposition could be based were as follows:

– Earlier trademark;

Geographical indication or application for a geographical indication;

– Infringement to the name, image or reputation of a local authority.

With the reform, the following previous rights are added:

– Well known trademark;

Corporate name;

– Trade name, sign and domain name ;

– Infringement to the reputation of a public establishment of a public establishment for inter-municipal cooperation;

– Name of a public entity ;

– Trademark registered by an agent without authorization.

 

Is the examination of evidence of use deeper?

Genuine use, or proper reasons for non-use, must be reported for each good and service invoked in support of the opposition. Thus, the earlier trademark will only be deemed to be registered for the goods or services for which this demonstration has been made. The INPI is now in charge to carry out said examination. In the past, only the courts were in charge.

 

As far as domain names are concerned, since the GDRP the Whois records are anonymized. How can it be justified that the person who made the domain name reservation has the right to file an opposition?

If the Whois record is anonymous, then in addition to the anonymous Whois record, any document establishing the existence and identity of the domain name holder can be provided. It can be for example the certificate from the Registrar or an invoice showing the reservation of the domain name.

 

  • About the procedure

Which are the changes in the course of the procedure?

A phase of exchanges, also known as the “instruction phase” is set up. It starts with the notification of the opposition to the applicant. This instruction may include up to three phases of exchanges between the parties.

From now on, the procedure is no longer confined to a 6-month period. It is however subject to the principle of « silence is tantamount to rejection », within a period of 3 months. This means that if the INPI has not ruled within 3 months following the end of the exchange between the parties, the opposition is rejected.

The duration will therefore vary according to the number of replies from the parties, but in any case may not exceed 13 months.

 

What are the cases of suspension of the procedure?

Suspension is possible in several cases:

– When one of the rights invoked in support of the opposition has not yet been accepted or is subject to a legal action;

– At the initiative of the French trademark Office, the INPI.

The entire procedure is suspended when the opposition is based on several rights, even if the suspension concerns only one of the rights invoked.

The duration of the suspension in the event of a joint request by the parties is extended to 4 months and renewable twice, i.e. 12 months in total, instead of 6 months in the past.

 

  • On the role of the INPI

Does the French Trademark Office INPI have more power in the new procedure?

This new opposition procedure greatly strengthens the role of the INPI.

Before the new procedure, the role conferred on the INPI in the examination of proof of use was limited: apart from cases where the lack of use was proven, the opposition procedure was not closed.

At present, where the applicant requests proof of use of the earlier trademark, it is up to the INPI to decide on the genuine nature of the use of the earlier trademark for each of the goods and services invoked in support of the opposition.

 

This reform reinforces the adversarial principle and, consequently, the protection of the rights of trademark owners.

 

Read More

The lovelinesss of the European Union: to obtain in one Member State a declaration of counterfeiting for acts committed in another Member State

CJEU – September 5, 2019

AMS Neve Ltd, Barnett Waddingham Trustees, Mark Crabtree c/. Heritage Audio SL, Pedro Rodríguez Arriba,

 

It is possible to bring an actionbefore a national court with the purpose proving an infringement of the EU trademark in that Member State, even if the third party has advertised and marketed his goods in another Member State.

That is the answer given by the Court of Justice of the European Union to the preliminary ruling question concerning the interpretation of Article 97(5) of Council Regulation (EC) No 207/2009 of February 26, 2009 on the European Union trade mark.

That reference was made in the context of a dispute between the parties:

The applicants : AMS Neve, a company founded in the United Kingdom, for manufacturing and marketing audio equipment, represented by its director Mr Crabtree.  Barnett Waddingham Trustees “BW Trustees” is the trustee;

versus

The defendants : Heritage Audio, a Spanish company also marketing audio equipment, represented by Mr Rodríguez Arribas

 

concerning an infringement action for alleged infringement of rights conferred, inter alia, by an European Union trade mark.

The applicants are the owners of the European Union trademark and of two trademarks registered in the United Kingdom.

Having discovered that Heritage Audio was marketing imitations of AMS Neve products bearing or referring to a sign identical or similar to the said EU and national trademarks and was advertising those products, they brought an action for infringement of an EU trade mark before the Intellectual Property and Enterprise Court in the United Kingdom.

In order to prove the infringement in the United Kingdom, the applicants provided the documents in support of their action, including in particular the contents of Heritage Audio’s website and its Facebook and Twitter accounts, an invoice issued by Heritage Audio to an individual, resident in the United Kingdom.

Then, in order to prove the  infringement in the European Union, they provided screen shots from that website showing offers for the sale of audio equipment bearing a sign identical or similar to the European Union trademark. They underlined the fact that these offers are in English and that a section entitled “where to buy” is available on the website, listing distributors in various countries. In addition, they argued that Heritage Audio accepts orders from any Member State of the European Union.

While the Court agreed to rule on the protection of national intellectual property rights, it found that it lacked jurisdiction to rule on the infringement of the EU trade mark at issue.

 

The appellants appealed against that judgment to the United Kingdom Court of Appeal, which decided to enforce a stay on proceedings and to refer the following questions to the Court for a preliminary ruling:

– Does a national court of a Member State A have jurisdiction to rule on an action for infringement of the EU trademark on account of its advertising and marketing of goods carried out in Member State B?

– If so, what criteria should be taken into account in determining whether the company has taken active measures regarding the infringement?

 

The answers given by the CJEU are as follows:

 

– the plaintiff, depending on whether he chooses to bring the infringement action before the EU trademark court of the defendant’s domicile or before that of the territory in which the act of infringement was committed or threatened to be committed, determines the extent of the territorial jurisdiction of the court seized ;

 

o when the infringement action is based on Article 97(1), it shall cover acts of infringement committed on the territory of the Union (where the action is brought before the court of the defendant’s domicile or, if the defendant is not domiciled in the European Union, in the State in which he is professionally established);

o when it is based on paragraph 5 of the same Article, it shall be limited to acts of infringement committed or threatening to be committed within the territory of a single Member State, namely the Member State of the court seized ;

 

in order to ensure that the acts of which the defendant is accused were committed in the EU , it is necessary to determine where the commercial content was actually made accessible to consumers and professionals for whom it was intended. Whether such advertising and offers subsequently had the effect of purchasing the defendant’s goods, is on the other hand, irrelevant.

 

In the present case, the advertisements and offers referred to by the applicants were aimed at consumers and/or professionals, in particular in the United Kingdom.

In those circumstances, the Court considers that the applicants have the right to bring an infringement action against that third party before a EU trademark court of the Member State within which the consumers or traders to whom that advertising and those offers for sale are directed are located, notwithstanding that that third party took decisions and steps in another Member State to bring about that electronic display.

This possibility of bringing an infringement action before any competent national court  to rule on acts of infringement committed in any Member State is very useful in particular to optimise the costs of proceedings, depending on the national regulations. France, for example, offers irrefutable methods of collecting evidence, such as a bailiff’s report, to establish facts of infringement, at attractive prices.

Read More

UDRP Procedure: manage a domain name portfolio with attention

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, March 10, 2020, No. D2019-3175, Orfeva SARL v. Vianney d’Alançon.

 

The company Orfeva has specialized for many years in baptism medals. Since 2010, it has been using the domain name ” medailledebapteme.fr ” as the domain name for its official website. Orfeva is also the owner of the French trademark “MEDAILLEDEBAPTEME.FR”.

Orfeva filed a UDRP complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain name <medailledebapteme.com>, claiming that it infringes its rights, and asking for a transfer.

This domain name was initially registered on July 21, 2010 by Mr. de Graaf, legal representative of the applicant, then, due to a non-renewal in 2016 – for reasons not explained – this name fell back into the public domain and was reserved on September 26, 2016 by Mr. Vianney d’Alançon to designate his own website for the sale of jewelry and silverware. Mr. Vianney d’Alançon has been the owner of the French trademark “1000 MEDAILLES DE BAPTEME.FR” since December 2015.

The applicant argued that the defendant registered the disputed domain name with perfect knowledge of the existence and use of its earlier mark. Consequently, it considers that the defendant sought to generate confusion with its earlier mark in order to try to divert consumers to its own internet site, by offering them the same goods on a very similar site. In addition, the applicant states that has filed an applicaion by letter, through its Counsel, for the restitution of the disputed domain name, without receiving a reply from the defendant.

The defendant, for its part, maintains that it purchased the domain name <medailledebapteme.com> because it is descriptive of his products and not in order to disrupt the applicant’s business. He argued that the expression ‘baptismal medal’ in everyday language cannot be the subject of a monopoly, being the generic, necessary and customary designation of baptismal medals in the jewellery sector.. Furthermore, he adds that he replied to the letter from the applicant’s counsel, refusing to uphold his claims.  Finally, the defendant argues that there has been no demonstration of customer poaching. In that regard, it states in particular that the applicant’s business is not disrupted by the operation by a third party of the domain name <medaille-de-bapteme.fr> which predates the applicant’s domain name <medaille-de-bapteme.fr>.

The applicant’s position is not followed by the expert who considers that the domain name has not been registered and is not being used in bad faith.

Indeed, the name is descriptive of the Respondent’s activity, which justifies the registration of the domain name. The applicant’s knowledge of prior trade mark rights cannot affect the legitimacy of that registration.

Furthermore, the expert endorses the Respondent’s argument that it was not intended to disrupt the applicant’s business, pointing out that several companies specialising in the sale of christening medals and using very similar domain names coexist peacefully.

 

The expert concludes that the complaint must be rejected. In addition, he states that there is no evidence or reason to suspect any customer poaching or disruption of the applicant’s business operations.  A court of law may rule on this matter, if necessary.

It should therefore be borne in mind that the abandonment of a domain name describing the activity, especially if it includes the highly prized top level domain “.com”, will most certainly be registered by a third party as soon as it falls into the public domain. Indeed, this type of name is generally very coveted, especially because it can enjoy high visibility on search engine results, corresponding to the keywords that Internet users can search for.

The same applies to domain names that reproduce the company’s brand and especially its corporate brand. Even if it is decided to no longer use a name, it may be advisable to keep it as a defensive measure to prevent a third party from taking it over.

Finally, it should be recalled that the parties must be attentive to the arguments they present before the WIPO, at the risk of departing from the UDRP’s legal regime. Unlike the judge, the expert does not have the power to declare a trademark invalid, nor to conduct investigations for unfair competition.

Keywords: generic designation of domain name – bad faith – trademark right – domain name – unfair competition

Read More

UDRP Procedure: proof of claimed trademark rights must be accurate

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, March 5, 2020, No. D2019-2887, SYMPHONY HOLDINGS LIMITED V. JAIMIE FULLER, FULLER CONSULTANCY F.Z.E.

 

The first criterion of the UDRP – which generally does not pose any difficulty – consists in the applicant demonstrating that a trademark in which he has rights is recognizable in the disputed domain name.

 

The text of the UDRP Guidelines, available on the ICANN website, is as follows: “Your domain name is identical to, or confusingly similar (note: potentially confusingly similar) to, a trademark or service mark in which the complainant has rights. It is not clear whether the applicant must simply be the owner of the mark, or whether he must also be the registered owner of that mark.

 

This point must be considered when reading the case of a Bermudan company Symphony Holdings Limited, against the Swiss defendant Jaimie Fuller of Fuller Consultancy concerningthe domain name <skins.net>

 

The applicant, Symphony Holdings Limited, claimed rights in the Australian trademark’SKINS.NET’, which is identical to the domain name. However, the Experts noted that the Symphony Holdings Limited did not appear as the owner of the mark in the databases of the Australian Office.

 

The applicant had submitted a copy of an agreement by which it had acquired a list of assets belonging to SKINS International Trading AG (“SITAG”), the registered owner of the mark.

 

However, this agreement was found to be insufficient, as the precise list of acquired rights was not provided. It was, therefore, not possible to verify that the trademark in question was part of it. All the more so since the contract specifies that all assets are transferred except for those already transferred in 2012 to a Japanese company.

 

This might lead to the conclusion that if the applicant had provided the list of the transferred trademarks, then the claimed trademark would have been accepted by the experts. The experts stated that they could have issued a “panel order”, i.e. a request for additional documentation. However, they did not do so because the dispute seemed too complex to be resolved via the UDRP procedure. In fact, at the time of the auction of SITAG’s assets, the defendant was one of the applicant’s competitors.

It should be noted that the Respondent had itself acquired the domain name in question, which belonged to SITAG, through an agreement.

 

On the one hand, this decision may help to recall a fundamental principle of trade mark law: registrations relating to trade marks should be done, in particular in assignment or licensing cases, in order to avoid being harmed subsequently, in the event of a court action, for example.

 

On the other hand, the decision also emphasizes that the UDRP procedure is not appropriate for all domain name disputes. It is tailored for disputes between a right holder and a cybersquatter. Commercial disputes between companies have no place here.

 

Thus, it is necessary to be vigilant with regard to all aspects of the procedure. The question of rights, which may seem elementary, must be perfectly taken care of in that the absence of valid proof of the trademark right will necessarily lead to the failure of the complaint, even if the case is more obvious than the one currently under discussion.

Read More

Coronavirus: the measures implemented by intellectual property offices to deal with the health crisis

The whole world’s been in slow motion since the Covid-19 virus spread. Thus, state governments are doing their best to maintain the continuity of the administration despite the implementation of containment measures,. Since an ordinance of March 16, the offices have decided to extend procedural deadlines that expired during this period of health crisis.

 

Here’s a list of the provisions that offices have put in place in order to allow better management of procedures related to trademarks, as well as patents.

 

 

  • INPI, The National Institute of Intellectual Property

The INPI decided in its order n°2020-32 of March 16, that the deadlines for proceedings relating to patents, trademarks and designs will be extended to 4 months for procedures concerning patents, trademarks and designs. However, the deadlines for priority for international extensions, for payments for patent and supplementary protection certificate filing, which are subject to supranational provisions, have been excluded.

 

The order adds that “in the event of failure to comply with a deadline, the health crisis will be taken into account when examining the procedures for appealing for restoration or for a forfeiture statement to the INPI. »

 

It should be noted that the bill put in place by the government was adopted by Parliament on March 2: the aim is to enable the Government to legislate by ordinance in many areas, including that of intellectual property. This ordinance thus includes provisions concerning the extension of the deadlines stemming from the Intellectual Property Code, including those relating to the opposition procedure.

In accordance with the new order dated March 25 (No. 2020-306), the INPI extended the delay of deadlines for procedures concerning trademark oppositions, trademark renewals or design extensions : it allows to benefit from thecorresponding grace period or for the filing of an administrative or judicial appeal.

In this way, it extends the deadlines which expire between March 12th and June 23rd. The statutory deadline for taking action runs until July 23rd if the initial deadline was set for one month, and until August 23rd if it was for two months or more.

The INPI is already planning to extend its deadlines until July. In the weeks to come, it will be necessary to closely monitor the news from the office.

 

  • EUIPO, European Union Intellectual Property Office

The Office had stated in its Decision No. EX-20-3 issued on March 16, that all deadlines expiring between 9 March and 30 April 2020 included, would be automatically extended until May 1st, 2020. Since May 1st is a public holiday, the deadlines were therefore extended until May 4, 2020.

 

EUIPO subsequently explained its decision on March 19. By the expression “all deadlines”, it meant all procedural deadlines, whether fixed by the Office or of a statutory nature. “They are stipulated directly in the Implementing Regulation,” with the exception of the deadlines relating to matters not covered by certain regulations, such as that on the European Union trademark (2017/1001). It is therefore applicable to all procedures, whether for trademarks, patents, renewals or opposition proceedings.

More recently, on April 29, WIPO’s Executive Director issued the Decision No. EX-20-4, extending all deadlines expiring between May 1st and May 17, to May 18, in order to further support and assist users during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

  • WIPO, the International Intellectual Property Organization

In the opinion (No. 7/2020) issued on March 19, WIPO introduced possible remedies for failure to comply with the deadlines under the Madrid system and modalities for the extension of the deadlines when the national offices are closed.

 

With regard to the international registration of trademarks, WIPO added that the extension of the deadlines is automatic in the event that an IP office is not open to the public.  Therefore, if a deadline for a provisional refusal expires on the day an office is closed, it will be extended on the first day following the opening of the office.

 

The opinion adds that, with regard to trademarks, applicants may request the continuation of the procedure without having to justify themselves, in particular for all matters relating to an international trademark application, a request for registration, a request for modification of a subsequent designation, etc…

 

WIPO has also recently announced automatic extensions of the deadlines in cases where a national IP office is closed to the public and in the event of disruption in postal or mail services.

 

In a press release of March 16 and 19, USPTO had announced that it was waiving the late fees in certain situations for applicants affected by the coronavirus, as well as the requirement of an original handwritten signature in ink for certain documents.

 

On April 28, USPTO announced an extension of the deadlines up to May 31, 2020. This means that some actions that were due in this period can be postponed to 1 June. The USPTO gives an extension for certain deadlines between March 27 and April 30. This period runs to 30 days from the original deadline.

 

In order to obtain the extension, applicants or patentees must “submit a declaration that at least one person responsible for the delay has been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, due to office closures, financial problems, inaccessibility of records, illness of a family member, or other similar circumstances. »

 

  • In other countries of the world

-The Canadian Intellectual Property Office is extending the deadline to July 6th, 2020.

The German Patent and Trademark Office affirmed in a statement dated May 11 that the extension of the deadlines will be until June 2.

UKIPO, the United Kingdom Office declared on May 7, 2020 that all deadlines falling on or posterior to March 24, 2020 (being those interrupted days) will be extended to the following interrupted day. The period of interruption will end on July 29th. This extension applies to most deadlines for patents, trademarks, supplementary protection certificates and designs.

The Benelux Organisation for Intellectual Property is the most rigid office. Indeed, in a press release dated March 16, it discloses that trademark applications referring to coronavirus will be refused registration. However, in a press release of March 20, it revised their position by saying that “the BOIP will not withdraw any application or procedure because a given deadline has not been met. This also applies to opposition proceedings not filed on time or to payments not made on time”. These measures will be applicable until May 20, 2020, at least.

 

The WIPO website regularly updates information on the provisions adopted by various intellectual property offices in order to keep abreast of the various communications that offices can make around the world. With the introduction of deconfinement measures in some countries, including France, it will be necessary to closely follow the future news.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries around the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Will trademark non-use due to quarantine be considered a valid reason?

Due to the current health situation, the majority of companies have reduced their activity. This suspension or reduction of activity will have an impact on all intellectual property and may in particular result in the non-use of the trademark by the owner, leading to its forfeiture.

In fact, in accordance with the French law, and more specifically Article L714-5 of the Intellectual Property Code, if a trademark is not used for an uninterrupted period of five years for the goods and services covered by the registration, the court may, order the revocation of the trademark and the cancellation of its registration, at the request of an interested third party

The holder must therefore ensure that there is genuine use during this five-year period, i.e. real exploitation.

Thus, owners of trademarks that had not been exploited before the health crisis and quarantine could not start or resume exploitation. This unprecedented period could therefore lead to a period of non-use of more than five years.

However, the trademark owner may invoke a valid reason justifying the absence of serious use. According to established case law, this just reason must have a direct link with the trademark, be a circumstance outside the control of the trademark owner which has made the use of the trademark impossible or excessively difficult.

Therefore, it seems that the court may consider the restrictions imposed by the Government because of the pandemic as a valid excuse for the non-use of the trademark by the owner. Indeed, this obstacle, which is external to the owner’s will and which has made the use of the trademark extremely difficult, may be qualified as a just cause which will prevent or should lessen the delay of a possible revocation of the trademark.

Read More

World Anti-Counterfeiting Day: issues and challenges

In honor of the 22nd World Anti-Counterfeiting Day, Dreyfus Law Firm attended a Webinar organized by INDICAM(Istituto di Centromarca per la lotta alla contraffazione) involving directors of various anti-counterfeiting organizations: GACG, EUIPO, UNIFAB, INDICAM, ANDEMAand ACG.

Anti-counterfeiting issues are always of paramount importance. In fact, approximately 5% of imports into the European Union are counterfeit products. The counterfeiting market is very lucrative for counterfeiters: it requires a very low investment for a very high profit. In addition, the risks associated with it are lower.

During the health crisis linked to the Covid19, the sale of counterfeit products increased significantly: masks, hydro-alcoholic gel, medical equipment; and all this to the detriment of the population’s health. This phenomenon was particularly observed on Marketplace platforms, which were forced to invest impressive means to suppress fraudulent advertisements.

Consequently, the question arises: if the platforms are capable of actively combating the sale of counterfeit medical products in times of crisis, why cannot the same be said of other acts of counterfeiting?  Cooperation with the platforms should therefore be initiated to this end. European associations are closely following the progress of the Digital Single Act, which should represent an additional opportunity in the protection of rights.

Moreover, during the health crisis, the fight against counterfeiting has mainly been focused on medical products and devices. As a result, many infringements went undetected. For example, only products arriving by air were checked during this period and not products imported via cargo ships. To make things worse, in Belgium, for example, all the police officers whose mission was usually to combat counterfeiting were requisitioned in order to enforce anti-Covid-19 measures.

With the coronavirus, the fight against counterfeiting must therefore be stepped up. One of the challenges for the years to come is to provide consumers with the best possible information. Delphine Safarti-Sobreira, Director of UNIFAB (Union des Fabricants), said that awareness campaigns were already being launched through various media, including television broadcasts and YouTube. The next step will be to convince the government to introduce compulsory education in schools on this subject.

 

Three elements are essential in order to fight effectively against counterfeiting: an effective law, more information for consumers and an unwavering determination to continue the fight.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

A senator is worried about parliamentarians IT security

Jérôme Bascher, the republican Senator of Oise (LR party) expressed his concerns in the report to the Senate No. 82 (2019-2020), on October 22, 2019 : ″Parliamentarians IT security is close to zero

It is primarily a matter of distinguishing between institutional functions and the IT practices of parliamentarians themselves. While the former are relatively well protected, since they benefit from assistance such as that provided by the Anssi (national agency for the security of information systems), the latter are a source of great IT insecurity.

IT insecurity factors related to the workforce

 

1.         Having its own IT equipment

The workforce is a key element in IT security. Each parliamentarian is free to have their own equipment (Huawei or Apple telephone), yetinsecurity can arise from their exchanges and from the means of communication they use. In fact, mobile instant messaging applications that are likely to be used, go through the GAFA. They are hosted by servers of Amazon web service and not by OVH, for example, which could potentially be an efficient French server. This could be countered by the argument that Amazon Web service is also based in France,

 

 

2.         Not enough awareness among senators

While the Parliament benefits from the Trojan horse attacks  detecting systems on institutional sites, the level of IT security among  parliamentarians is still very low.

In 2018, the Senate’s IT security systems intercepted more than 30,000 high-risk contents. Senator Bascher assures that security services  experience at least 2 or 3 cyber attacks per week.

Only wiling senators are aware of the importance of  IT security.  Senator Bascher pointed out : “I’ve never had a virus in my life, because I’m careful,”. Among the risks that public authorities may incur, appears the so called “facing”, that is,the creation of a fake Internet page that could be an apology for terrorism, that French channels Public Sénat and LCP-AN, whose credits are included in public authorities mission, can suffer from. It is a bit reminiscent of the past attack against the channel TV5 Monde a few years ago, which has since had to make considerable investment efforts to pay for its protection.

In addition, an increaseof requests that makethe site inaccessible – hasto be considered,

Cyber attacks against public authorities are now undeniable, as evidenced by the cyber attacks that hit Estonia in 2007, the German Bundestag in 2015 and, to a lesser extent, the Senate, in 2011.

 

Implementation of solutionsto reinforce the parliamentarians IT security

1. The current IT protection system

Senator Bascher points out that, 10% of the IT budget  in France is spentonsecurity.  A program administeredby the Ministry of Defence consisted in recruiting cyber-combatants, however there is a protection  imbalance since the Elysée had its own network, which is not the case for the Parliament.  Senator Bascher  claims that the budget designated to cybersecurity should be increased.

2. A mechanism to be reinforced

The primary objective would be to improve the parliamentarians equipment and make them more aware of IT risks.

According to the Senator, it would also be necessary to reinforce the resources of the Anssi, which is currently the only entity that deals with all the organs of power.

 

Public authorities are therefore at the heart of the strategic and decision-making challenges of Western democracies, as a result of which, they became the main target of IT attacks. This is all the more true in the election period, as demonstrated by the 2016 American presidential election. It’s time to strengthen the parliamentarians IT protection.

Read More

UDRP procedure. The bad faith complainant: when the chances of success are so low that the applicant should not have taken action

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Jan. 30, 2020, No. D2019-2937, Scalpers Fashion, S.L. c/ Dreamissary Hostmaster

 

The Spanish company Scalpers Fashion is active in the fashion industry. It is the owner of numerous trademarks incorporating the “Scalpers” sign, including the European Union trademark “Scalpers” No. 6748578, registered on September 29, 2008. The company has filed a UDRP complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain name <scalpers.com>, claiming that it infringes its rights. The domain name was registered on September 15, 1997, by the Respondent Dreamissary Hostmaster, who is in fact a natural person, a U.S. citizen and the holder of a substantial number of domain names featuring dictionary words. The domain name at issue was exploited to generate pay-per-click revenues by leading to sponsored links referring to the sale of tickets. At the time the complaint was filed, the domain name in question resolved to a parking page.

The Complainant submits that the Respondent intends to take undue advantage of its reputation in fashion and to disrupt its business. In addition, the Complainant submits that the large sums proposed by the Respondent in various attempts t negotiate are evidence of his bad faith. Indeed, the Respondent allegedly offered initially $150,000 and then $195,000. Finally, the Complainant considers that the Respondent’s bad faith is manifested by the registration of more than 100 domain names, for him to be able to resell them for a profit.

The Respondent contends that he registered and used the domain name <scalpers.com> because of the definition of the word “scalper”: a person who buys tickets at the normal price and then resells them at a high price when demand is high and available seats are scarce. In addition, the latter requires the expert to conclude to reverse domain name hijacking.

The Complainant’s position was not followed by the expert. The expert considers that the domain name was neither registered nor used in bad faith. Indeed, the Respondent had registered the domain name more than 10 years before the Complainant’s alleged date of first use of the “Scalpers” trademark. In such circumstances, there was no basis to conclude that the Respondent targeted the Complainant’s mark, which was not in existence at the time the Respondent registered the disputed domain name. As regards the use of ???, the expert also concluded that there was no bad faith, since the Respondent had used the domain name for the meaning of the word “scalpers”. The expert ruling on the case indicates that the complaint should be dismissed. In addition, he stated that the complaint was filed in bad faith by the Complainant, and was intended to deprive the Respondent of ownership of his domain name. Indeed, several facts contribute to the expert’s position: the domain name was registered by the Respondent long before the Complainant owned a trademark right in the Scalpers sign; the UDRP Complaint was filed after two unsuccessful attempts to purchase the domain name from the Respondent; and the Respondent’s counsel notified the Complainant that the complaint should be withdrawn due to the manifest impossibility of establishing bad faith.

The Complainant clearly should have known that the complaint could not succeed. Thus, it should be borne in mind that the UDRP procedure is not a one-way tool. The aggrieved Respondent may attempt to reverse the proceedings to obtain a decision against the Complainant. Here, the lack of chance of success was particularly blatant, as the domain name predates the trademark rights of Scalpers Fashion.

Read More

The rise of phishing in the midst of the coronavirus crisis

Source: Bank Info Security, Feb. 11, 2020

 

The global health crisis caused by the coronavirus is a favorable context for phishing techniques. Indeed, many organized gangs of cybercriminals are pretending to be health organizations by using fake domain names. As a result, they send an e-mail pretending to be a health-related entity, in which they ask the recipient to click on a link and enter or confirm a login and password. For example, cybercriminals therefore send phishing e-mails containing domain names similar to those used by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. For example, cybersquatters have incorporated the domain name “cdc-gov.org” which is similar to the official domain name “cdc.gov”.
Thus, these malicious e-mails encourage users to click on a link that looks like it contains information related to the issues related to the coronavirus. In fact, Internet users are redirected to a fake website where they have to enter a username and password. In other cases, cybercriminals send phishing e-mails looking like they originate from the World Health Organization, inviting users to a link to download a document on security measures against the spread of the virus. Of course, this is not the case and users are redirected to a pop-up screen asking for a username and a password. It should be noted that some cybercriminals adopt a different tactic by posing as entities linked to the world of economics, such as shipping companies or manufacturing industries. The coronavirus crisis can have an impact that extends beyond health concerns. Hence, it is necessary to be doubly careful about the extension of these phishing campaigns, alert may be raised for example by e-mails containing numerous spelling mistakes.

Read More

The <.eu> extension against Brexit

Source: EURid, registry of the <.eu> extension 

The United Kingdom parted from the European Union on January 31, 2020. As a result, the United Kingdom and the European Union entered into a transitio period, a period that has been announced to last till December 31, 2020. During this period, UK residents are still entitled to register and renew names in <.eu>.

However, once this period expires, they will no longer be able to register domain names with the <.eu> extension, nor to keep those they already hold, unless they comply with the requirements. The EURID originally detailed a comprehensive plan that was supposed to be implemented from November 1, 2019, the date when the United Kingdom was due to leave the European Union. It will finally apply at the end of the transition period, although no precise deadlines have yet been set. Once the transition period ends, only the following persons are entitled to register domain names in <.eu>: a citizen of the European Union, regardless of his/her place of residence; a natural person who is not a citizen of the Union European but is a resident of a Member State; a company established in the Union; or an organization established in the Union, without prejudice to the application of national law.

Thus, for already registered domain names, registrants will be able to update their contact details in an attempt to maintain their assets. In particular, they will have to indicate a country code of citizenship corresponding to a Member State of the European Union of 27 regardless of their residence or establish an entity legally established in one of the eligible Member States of the European Union of 27 or the EEA. All registrants who do not comply with these eligibility rules will see their domain names cancelles such the domain names will then be available for registration to all.

As non-compliant domain names will be withdrawn, it is appropriate to carry out a thorough analysis of registrants’ domain name portfolios to see whether any of their registrations is at risk.

Read More

The liberalization of prices for domain names in <.com>: a possible increase from2021

The gTLD <.com> apparently occupies more than 40% of the domain name market share, according to statistics provided by the site www.domainnamestat.com. These results confirm that it is an unavoidable extension, especially because the <.com>, which addresses the whole world, is a strong rallying sign.

However, the negotiations in progress between ICANN and the <.com> registry, VeriSign, could lead to a modification of the approval on this extension, so that the <.com>’s price would increase by possibly 7% per year, from 2021 to 2024. In return for this right, VeriSign would pay $4 million to ICANN.

 

This negotiation is notably allowed by an amendment accepted by the American Department of Commerce, datedOctober 26, 2018, by which it was indicated that “in view of the more dynamic market of domain names, the Department considers it advisable to modify the cooperation agreement in order to provide flexibility in the prices related to the registration and renewal of domain names of the .com registry”.

If the price of <.com> increases, it will be relevant to see whether other TLDs recover some of its market shares, especially among the new gTLDs. If it seems unlikely that companies will abandon the names in <.com> that they already hold, newcomers to the market could possibly prefer other extensions.

Read More

Association between blockchain and domain names

Domain names appear to be a fertile ground for innovators related to blockchain technology.

 

 

Domain names and blockchain meet around the launch of the new extension “.luxe”, which contrary to what one might think was not created for the luxury industry (which already has its extension “.luxury” launched in 2014). The Ethereum foundation, whose aim is to promote blockchain technology, has entered into a partnership with the Minds + Machines (MMX) registry to create a new use for domain names, making “.luxe” the equivalent for cryptocurrency of what a classic extension represents for the IP address.

 

 

This association thus makes the IP addresses for the “.luxe” extension more intelligible.

 

 

Indeed, holders can link their domain name composed of the “.luxe” extension to their Ethereum account to replace their 40 characters identification number and make it easier to remember and use.

Read More

Provisional French patent applications for a simplified registration are now possible

With the publication of Decree No. 2020-15 adopted for the application of the PACTE law, it is now possible to file provisional patent applications as of July 1, 2020.

 

  • What is a Provisional Patent Application ?

A provisional application is a patent application whose registration procedure is simplified since certain filing requirements may be deferred in time. It is a procedure which permits the setting of an earlier filing date.

 

  • What is the Objective of a Provisional Application ?

This procedure is intended to allow companies to file patent applications before the French National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”) in a simpler and less costly way. Therefore, it aims to facilitate access to IP protection, especially for start-ups and SMEs. The main objective is to provide a more flexible procedure for registration of patents.

 

  • How to File a Provisional Application?

With this Decree, it is possible to file a provisional patent application and defer the submission of the claims, the technical content of the invention and a copy of the prior filings.

On the other hand, the applicant is obliged, when filing the application, to indicate explicitly that this is a provisional application.

 

  • After Filing the Provisional Application

Within twelve months of the filing date of the provisional application, the applicant may request that his provisional application be transformed into a “normal” patent application (by completing the above-mentioned requirements that he had previously deferred) or that his application be converted into a utility certificate.

At the end of this period, the provisional patent application is withdrawn. Ultimately, this procedure allows applicants to gain additional time before deciding on the future of their applications.

 

  • Payment of the Filing Fees

The applicant must pay the filing fee within one month of the filing date. However, the applicant may pay the fee for the search report within one month of making a request to turn the patent application into a normal one.

 

 

This less stringent registration procedure will allow applicants to apply for patents in a more flexible way, under certain conditions. It will render it possible to fix the date of creation of an invention and then to determine what action will be taken later on with regard to its protection.

Read More

The reform of the tax regime for patentable products: “the French-style IP BOX“

The 2019 Finance Act harmonizes French and European tax rules in order to best promote the investment of patentable creations and inventions. We are talking about the French IP Box.

Thus, the taxation regime for the products of patents and similar industrial property rights is brought into line with OECD provisions.

While Irelandwas the first country to set up this system (1973), other countries followed suit, such as Belgium, China and, more recently, the United Kingdom (2013).

The principle allows companies to benefit from a tax advantage on their intellectual property assets with a tax rate that amount to 10% instead of 33% previously.

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible assets

The assets that are eligible for this plan are:

 

  • Patents and patentable inventions
  • Certificates of utility
  • Plant variety certificates
  • Copyrighted software

 

To be eligible, inventions must have been filed. Taking into account that the regime is open to software protected by copyright. It should also be added that this plan is applicable to annual net income calculated after deducting research and development expenses. The aim is to encourage research and development efforts in relation to the overall effect, i.e. in relation to all the investments that the company can make.

 

To be eligible for the reduction rate, the company will have to provide several elementsto establish its file such as:

  • Eligible assets
  • The rule for determining the protection of the proportion of net income taxable at a reduced rate
  • The method for allocating research and development expenses.

 

This makes it possible to monitor the company’s expenses and, above all, to justify the request for a reduction in the tax rate. It will be necessary to submit this file to the tax authorities under penalty of a 5% penalty. 

 

The tax rate

The regime consists in deducting first the proceeds of sale and concession as well as research and development expenses and then, in a second step, calculating from this deduction the net result in order to obtain the net result of the assets on the basis of the Nexus ratio. 

 

What is the Nexus ratio? 

The idea is to limit “the preferential regime in proportion to the part of the expenditure relating to intellectual property. »  

 

This is how the OECD defines this ratio. This is intended to sanction patents acquired and research and development costs subcontracted to affiliated companies. It should be noted that research and development costs in third party companies will not penalize the Nexus ratio. This ratio will be calculated on a cumulative expenditure basis.

Some consider this ratio a “not irrefutable presumption.” 

 

 

Conclusion

 

The advantage of this regime is that it will encourage companies to their research and development in France and produce quality intellectual property assets that generate income.

Read More

Webinar April 7, 2020: Internet and Compliance (part 1)

Webinar : Internet and Compliance (part 1)

 

The rules of the game have changed,

strategies to protect the company and its leaders.

 

 

 

 

The legal, regulatory and fiscal constraints (resulting in particular from the Sapin 2 Law, the LCEN or the EU
Directive of 23 October 2019 on the protection of whistleblowers) that weigh on companies are increasingly rigorous. Companies must implement a governance policy capable of minimizing their responsibility and exposure to their customers, shareholders and the competent authorities.

 

 

Among the aspects to be considered in the context of this compliance are domain names. While they are an undeniable corporate asset, they are also vectors of risk: phishing, fraud against the president, fake sites, identity theft, forged e-mails, and so on.

 

In the event of a breach, they can also damage the reputation of the company and its managers, resulting in a loss of customers. It is therefore imperative to put in place the appropriate strategies to anticipate the dangers, react effectively in the event of an attack and ultimately protect the company.

 

The current situation linked to the coronavirus epidemic is increasing the risks, with the number of frauds increasing considerably while companies are disorganized and vulnerable.

We propose to analyse these issues with you, sharing our experience. In particular, we will be able to answer the following questions:

– What are the obligations of companies with regard to compliance?

– What are the risks to be anticipated?

– What strategies should be implemented to do so?

– What are the control points?

– What levers should be implemented to react effectively in the event of a proven breach?

Read More

Proceedings for invalidity and revocation before the INPI

As of April 1, 2020, it is now possible to bring actions for cancellation on grounds of invalidity and revocation on grounds of nonuse of trademarks at the French trademark Office –INPI.

Among the new developments resulting from the implementation of European Directive 2015/2436 of December 16, 2015, (known as the “Trademark reform Package”) into French law, the new procedures for the cancellation on grounds of invalidity and revocation on grounds of nonuse of trademarks are those that will undoubtedly change the landscape of intellectual property law in France.

The European directive placed an obligation on member states to create an administrative procedure to bring invalidity and revocation proceedings. The aim of this measure being to facilitate challenges to registrations in order to declutter the trademark register.

In France, since April 1, 2020, these actions can be brought before the French Trademark Office INPI, bringing French trademark law increasingly closer to European law. Until now, only the Court was able to hear these cases. From now on, the competence is shared between some specialized courts and the INPI.

How is this to be done?

The division of competences is set out in Article L.716-5 of the French Intellectual Property Code.   With the exception of applications for invalidity based on a prior Copyright, Design right or Personality right (which must be brought before a competent judicial Court), INPI has exclusive jurisdiction for applications for invalidity where no other legal issue arises based on an absolute ground, and applications for invalidity (again where no other legal issue arises) based on the following relative grounds :

– A trademark right

– A corporate name

– An appellation of origin or geographical indication

– The name of a local authority or public entity.

 

The judicial court has exclusive jurisdiction over counterclaims for invalidity or revocation of rights, applications for invalidity or revocation of rights on any grounds whatsoever where the application is connected with another action falling within its jurisdiction and, finally, applications for invalidity of rights brought as a principal claim on the following relative grounds:

– Copyright

– Design

– Personality rights.

 

In order to avoid any delaying measures, it is provided that the principle of “res judicata” will apply to such decisions of the Director of INPI and of the judicial court.

The French legislator has gone beyond the provisions of the European Directive, which only requires Member States to confer jurisdiction on the Trademark Offices with respect to certain grounds of invalidity (invalidity based on absolute grounds or on an earlier similar or identical trademark).

Which trademark registration can be challenged?

An application for invalidity or revocation may be filed against a registered French trademark or on the French part of an international trademark.

What is the procedure before the INPI?

 

 

Like the new trademark opposition procedure, the invalidity or revocation procedure follows the principle of a fair hearing. Following the examination phase, which starts from the day on which the action was filed, and as soon as the action is considered admissible, the owner has a period of 2 months to submit his observations in the case of an invalidity action or to provide proof of use in a revocation action.

The applicant has then one month to file a response. The parties may make up to three contradictory written exchanges at the end of which, and where appropriate, an oral presentation of the observations may be requested by either party but also requested by the INPI.

Depending on the number of exchanges carried out, this investigation phase may last between two and six months. The INPI then has a maximum period of three months to render its decision.

Thus, the total duration of the procedure should last a maximum of nine months from the date of notification of the action to the adverse party, which is much faster than the legal action hitherto open to the applicant.

A stay of proceedings may be requested jointly by the parties for a period of four months, renewable twice. It may also be suspended at the initiative of the INPI, in particular pending the receipt of information and elements likely to have an impact on the outcome of the dispute or the situation of the parties.

Finally, unlike court proceedings, the applicant need not demonstrate a specific legal interest. This will therefore allow a greater number of actions and give rise to new strategies for the release of rights.

In conclusion, the introduction of these new administrative procedures by the implementation of the “Trademark reform Package” in France provides a fast and inexpensive procedure, against a registered nuisance trademark avoiding the much more restrictive judicial process.

Read More

UDRP Procedure: abuse of right or, when the complaint is brought in bad faith

Advice Group is an Italian company founded in 2006 and specialized in marketing. It is based in Turin but has offices in Rome, Bari and subsidiaries in Bulgaria, Kosovo, Portugal, Colombia and Peru.

 

Having noted the registration of the domain name <advicegroup.com> by a third party, the company turns to the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center for its transfer. The domain name was reserved in 2014 by Michele Dionia of Macrosten LTD, located in Cyprus. The domain name resolves to a page of commercial links and suggests that the name may be for sale (Internet users can make an offer).

 

The Respondent did not respond to the complaint.

 

The expert acknowledges the likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain name and the applicant’s Italian semi-figurative trademark, “A Advice Progressive Marketing Thinking”.

 

However, he decides not to rule on the issue of legitimate interest, referring to his observations on the issue of bad faith. Nevertheless, he makes several observations on the legitimate interest, in favor of the Respondent: the terms that make up the domain name are generic and the Respondent did not make active use of the name, he simply let the registrar promote its services and included a message advising Internet users to contact the registrant for the purchase of the name.

The expert also obviously did some research on his part, which he is not bound to do, since he notes that there are many companies called Advice Group throughout the world.

 

 

Concerning bad faith, the expert insists on the fact that at the time of the registration of the name, the applicant had not yet registered a trademark. The filing took place nine months after the reservation of the name in question and the obtaining of rights, two years later! Nothing suggests that the Respondent had the Complainant in mind when registering this domain name consisting of dictionary terms. Moreover, the fact that Internet users could propose the purchase of the name does not mean that the aim of Macrosten LTD was to resell it at a high price to Advice Group.

 

Thus, not only is the complaint rejected, but the expert also decides to qualify the complaint as a case of “reverse domain name hijacking”, i.e. it is considered that the complaint was filed with the sole purpose of depriving the domain name holder of the domain name. Here, the Complainant accused the Respondent of cybersquatting even though no evidence to that effect was provided and the name, consisting of generic terms, predates the Complainant’s trademark registration.

 

It should be remembered that proving the bad faith of a registrant when the domain  name consists of generic terms is difficult. It is essential to show that the registrant had the applicant’s trademark in mind. In the present case, it can be assumed that even if the Complainant’s trademark had been older, this would not have been sufficient to ensure the success of the complaint. The setting up of a site similar to that of the Complainant or for the same activities, or contact made by the registrant are elements that make possible to constitute a relevant case . Here, the Complainant had no evidence to justify his position.

 

Dreyfus firm, an expert in trademark law, can help you by offering you unique online trademark management services.

Read More

UDRP procedure: impossibility for a trademark owner to request the transfer of a domain name after its sale

The Swiss company Blockwords AG, formerly known as Swiss Future Project AG, operates an encryption exchange under the sign SCX, which was registered as a Swiss trademark on December 19, 2017.

 

The company has filed a UDRP complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center for the transfer of the domain name <scx.ch>, alleging, among other things, that it infringes its trademark rights.

This domain name was registered on April 23, 2001 and acquired by the Swiss company in March 2018.  In March 2019, the name was transferred to the company SwissClass Trade AG, which subsequently sold it to the Respondent in the same month for more than EUR 60,000.

The Swiss company claims that a fraud was committed when the domain name <scx.ch> was transferred to SwissClass Trade AG due to the absence of two signatures from Blockworks AG which would have made the transfer legal.

 

In addition, it considers that the transfer of the domain name is the result of a mismanagement on the part of a former member of the board of directors.  Ultimately, the complainant fears misuse of the domain name by the Respondent although the latter has not changed the services offered on the website in question, which remain those of the Complainant.

 

The Respondent explains that it is incomprehensible that the Complainant would want to recover the domain name. Indeed, the Complainant sold the domain name to SwissClass Trade AG, which was free to resell it to the Respondent at a later date. Therefore, the Respondent believes that it was not at fault and that the issue is between the Complainant’s management and SwissClass Trade AG and not between the Complainant and the Respondent.

The Complainant’s position is not supported by the expert who believes that there was no fraud in the sale and transfer of the domain name to SwissClass Trade AG since the sale was signed by two legal representatives of the Complainant’s company. Therefore, the applicant cannot both sell its domain name and subsequently request its transfer. Furthermore, the expert did not accept the argument of mismanagement by one of the former members of the company’s board of directors, due to insufficient evidence.

The expert acknowledges, however, that the situation raises some questions: why did the Respondent purchase this domain name for more than 60,000 euros and what was its intention, even though it could immediately see that the name referred to a third party’s site?

The expert concludes that the complaint should be rejected. Due to the complex facts of the case, he is of the opinion that a judicial procedure would be more appropriate to gather the various pieces of evidence and to rule on them.

 

This scenario once again illustrates two problems. The first concerns the internal management of domain names: optimal security must always be ensured so that there is no risk of losing control of the names. The second issue related to the fact that UDRP is not an appropriate forum for all disputes. In the present case, it seemed clearly impossible to resolve the dispute between the parties without ruling both on the relationship between Blockwords AG and SwissClasse Trade AG and between Swiss Classe Trade AG and the Respondent.

Read More

CJEU: Relief of the burden of proof on the territorial scope of use of a trademark

The CJEU rendered a crucial decision in its recent Intas caseon the maintenance of Intellectual Property rights. According to the Court, it is not imperative that a European Union (EU) trademark be used in a substantial part of the EU. On the contrary, its use in a single Member State could be enough to prove genuine use.

In the matter before the CJEU for the mentioned decision, the claimant filed a trademark application before the EUIPOconsisting of the sign “INTAS” and designating goods in classes 5 and 10.

The defendant subsequently filed an opposition to this application claiming that it was similar to two of its earlier trademark registrations which both consist of the sign “INDAS” and cover goods in the same classes.

The claimant requested proof of use of the earlier trademarks. The defendant duly submitted this evidence and its opposition was accepted by the EUIPO on this basis. The claimant proceeded to appeal the decision before the EUIPO, but its appeal was dismissed. Finally, the matter was brought before the CJEU.

 

  • The territorial scope for genuine use

 

The CJEU examined the question of whether proof of use submitted for only one Member State for the use of an EU trademark was sufficient to support its genuine use pursuant to Article 47(2) of the EU TM Regulation.

Interestingly, the CJEU rejectedthe argument that the territorial scope of the use of an EU trademark cannot be limitedto the territory of a single Member State. The Court also rejected the argument that the genuine use of an EU trademark necessitates that the trademark be used in a substantial part of the EU.

Yet, the CJEU still admits that it is reasonable to expect that an EU trademark shall be put to use in a wider area than the territory of one Member State to show its genuine use. However, the Court underlines that it is not always imperativethat the trademark be put to use in an extensive geographic area because evaluation of genuine use is an overall assessment. It depends on all the characteristics of the related goods or service, and not only on the geographical scope of the use.

The CJEU accepts that, in certain cases, the market for the goods or services in the scope of an EU trademark can be restricted to the territory of only one Member State. In such a case, proving serious use of the EU trademark within that State may satisfy the conditions for genuine use.

 

  • Assessment of genuine use

 

The CJEU holds that it is impossible to determine, a priori, a certain territorial scope when assessing if the use of an EU trademark is genuine or not. Rather, an EU trademark is deemed to be genuinely usedwhere it is used in accordance with :

– its essential function of designating origin for the related goods or services ;

– the objective of maintaining or creating market sharesin the EU.

 

When evaluating genuine use, the following factors should be taken into account: the characteristics of the relevant market; the nature of the goods or services within the scope of the trademark; and the scale, territorial extent, regularity and frequency of use.

 

Impact of the Decision

 

This is an important interpretation made by the CJEU affecting the burden of proof when it comes to showing the genuine use of an EU trademark. The CJEU clearly sets forth that the territorial scope is only one of several factors to consider when assessing whether the trademark is put to genuine use or not.

This does not mean that the territorial extension of the trademark’s use is not important at all. However, the CJEU affirms that the geographical extension of the trademark’s use is not the only factorto take into account. This assessment depends on all the facts and circumstances relevant in determining if the commercial use of the trademark creates or maintains market sharesfor the concerned goods or services.

 

 

Consequently, the CJEU held that the assessment of whether the use of a trademark is genuine or not is an overall assessment. The territorial scope of the use is only one factor in this assessment, amongst the other factors mentioned in this article. This interpretation will probably lead to changes in the strict perception that the genuine useof an EU trademark cannot be proven with showing its use in one single Member State. It will soften the burden of proof on the trademark owners.

Read More

Resolving IP disputes through Mediation in France

Dreyfus & associés, in association with INTA, had the pleasure of organizing a breakfast debate last February.

The theme of the breakfast debate was the following:

Resolving IP disputes through Mediation in France“.

 

Mediation is an alternative dispute resolution on the rise in different fields of law, notably in intellectual property law. This alternative dispute resolution is an efficient mechanism to settle disputes. In the long term, resorting to mediation in intellectual property law might encourage parties to maintain or create business relationships (licensing, distribution contract, etc).

 

 

 

We had the opportunity to debate on:

 

 

 

– What are the pros and cons of mediation relating to intellectual property disputes?

– What are the obstacles to mediation for IP disputes?

– What is the process for mediation?

– Who is the mediator?

– How much does it cost?

– Future of mediation in intellectual property law

 

The event featured Rémi Garros-Quinn, a Legal Case Manager at the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Arbitration and Mediation Center, and Berengère Clady, Case Manager – Head of ADR Department, at the Centre for Mediation and Arbitration of Paris (CMAP). It was hosted by local IP law firm Dreyfus & Associés.

 

Find here the note published in INTA Bulletin.

Read More

Bad faith, a requirement that is duplicated between registration and bad faith use

While one generally refers to the “three criteria” of the UDRP (a trademark similar to the domain name; the absence of rights or legitimate interests of the defendant in the disputed domain name; and the bad faith of the registrant), it should be kept in mind that bad faith in UDRP matters has two aspects: the first is bad faith registration and the second is bad faith usage. Therefore, proving only one of these elements is insufficient even though it may be considered “fair” that a name used in bad faith should be transferred to the applicant.
In the present case, Great American Hotel Group, Inc. complained that its former vice-president retained the domain name <greatamericanhg.com> and changed the password of the account used to manage this name with the registrar.

It all started in 2011 when the applicant decided to adopt the name Great American Hotel Group. Its president at the time asked Mr. Greene, then vice-president of the company, to reserve the domain name <greatamericanhg.group>.
The latter did so, but – apparently without notifying his superior – reserved the domain name in his name instead of that of the company. He did, however, record the company’s postal address, and pay with the company card. In 2012, he hired an anonymity service to hide his data.

Since its registration, the name had been used for the company and Mr. Greene had always treated the domain name as part of the company’s assets.

However, following disagreements, Mr. Greene was suspended from office in 2015 and dismissed in 2016. In 2017, the name was renewed by the company’s technical teams even though Mr. Greene was no longer present. However, the latter subsequently changed the password so that the name could no longer be renewed by the company. The applicant’s counsel proceeded to send Mr. Greene a letter of formal notice, which remained unanswered, leading to the filing of a UDRP complaint.

The panellist acknowledged that the applicant had common law trademark rights through the use of the sign “Great American” and that the registrant did not have any legitimate rights or interest in the name as it was created for the applicant company.
He also acknowledged that the domain name was used by Mr. Greene in bad faith.

Nevertheless, the panellist was more sceptical regarding the issue of bad faith registration. Indeed, the name had been reserved by Mr. Greene at the request of the president of the applicant company, which, in principle, had, in fact, been a registration in good faith.

In order for registration by an employee to qualify as having been done in bad faith, the panellist specified that the employee must have, from the beginning, had “an intention to cause harm”. Therefore, the evaluation must be factual and done on a case-by-case basis.

In this case, Mr. Greene had registered the domain name in his own name. The panellist found that “this may be subject to questioning, and the fact that he did not mention the company does not constitute a good domain name management practice”, however, the president and the company seemed to be equally as uninterested in formalizing the reservation of the name.

 

For four years, until he was suspended from his functions, the registrant had always displayed conduct that demonstrated that he understood that the name belonged to the company. Thus, there is no reason to suppose that by reserving the name four years earlier, he had intended to compete with the applicant or to benefit from some type of tactical advantage against him.

Consequently, the plaintiff’s complaint was dismissed as the registration in bad faith had not been established. Nevertheless, the panellist specified that the applicant could turn to other avenues to try to obtain relief.

 

The significance of this decision, in addition to highlighting the dual condition of bad faith, is that it reiterates the need to set up an internal naming charter to avoid any dispersion of assets, both in terms of trademarks and domain names.

 

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Sept. 2, 2019, No. D2019-1638, Great American Hotel Group c/ Domains By Proxy, LLC / R Greene

Read More

Claiming unregistered trademark rights on a geographical name is a difficult challenge in UDRP proceedings

While certain geographical names may, by exception, benefit from protection within the meaning of the UDRP rules, it should be remembered that they must be perceived as a trademark or service mark over which the applicant has rights. However, the mere use of a geographical name to identify certain goods and services as a territorial entity is not sufficient to demonstrate rights in a trademark or service mark within the meaning of the Guidelines, as the pannelist rightly pointed out in the present Decision.

In this case, the geographical name Solothurn (‘Soleure’ in French), corresponding to a city in Switzerland, was reproduced in its entirety in the domain name <solothurn.com>. It was registered in 1997 and has not been used since except to redirect to a “pay-per-click” page.

The applicants, the City of Solothurn and two associations under Swiss law promoting mainly tourism and unsurprisingly showing a strong interest in the domain name <solothurn.com>, claimed an unregistered trademark right on the sign “Solothurn”, which has been used extensively over the years. They also claimed protection of the name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition.

In this regard, they provided several documents attesting to the use of this geographical name by tourists since 1890 and its recognition as such. The applicants inferred that the use of the sign “Solothurn” constituted a trademark used to identify tourism and other related services. They also cited several decisions of the centre concerning geographical names, which are far from having argued in their favour.

The defendant, domiciled in the United States and known for his activities related to domains specializing in “geographical” domain names, had put the domain name <solothurn.com> up for sale. The defendant cited numerous decisions on how geographical names should be assessed (including a decision about the name <rouen.com>) and on the need to fulfill the function of a trade-mark.

 

Faced with this case and the question of whether the applicants could validly claim an unregistered trademark right in the name “Solothurn”, the panellists carried out a meticulous examination of the case law of the decisions of the WIPO panellists (overview) in the field of geographical names.

In particular, they recalled that according to the overview, “geographical terms used only in their ordinary geographical sense, except when registered as trademarks, do not, as such, provide standing to act in UDRP proceedings”. They also noted that in UDRP matters, it has generally been difficult for affiliates or entities responsible for a geographical territory to demonstrate trademark rights over that geographical name. However, the panellists noted that the decisions cited by the applicants all acknowledged that the geographical name was used in a purely descriptive way of a geographical location and not as a trademark.

 

On the other hand, they took note of the fact that some panellists have indicated that an unregistered trademark right in a geographical name may be granted to an official authority in exceptional circumstances. The circumstances in question cover the increasingly rare assumption that the geographical name would be used in connection with products and services but without any connection to the geographical location to which it corresponds. The idea is that the trade name should not generate an association with a geographical location in the minds of consumers, but rather an association with products and services, as the main function of the brand requires. For example, we can mention the products of the Ushuaïa brand, unrelated to Tierra del Fuego.

 

In the present case, the panellists noted that the applicants had not provided any proof of use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with products and services beyond those provided by the City of Switzerland. On the contrary, the applicants merely pointed out the use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with the name of the city of Switzerland and the tourist activities offered there. Consequently, the panellists could not validly conclude that the applicants had established that they had rights in the unregistered Solothurn trademark.

 

The panelist added that the applicants could not rely on the protection of this name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition insofar as Article 4.a. (i) of the Guidelines expressly refers to the “trade or service mark”.

 

Finally, the complaint was rejected as the applicants had not provided proof of trademark rights. However, this decision seems to be qualified by the panellists, who point out that it is a decision rendered under the UDRP principles, adapted to disputes between registrants and trademark owners whereas the solution could have been different under Swiss law and in matters of unfair competition.

 

The “morality” of this decision is not new; the UDRP procedure is not suitable for all disputes involving domain names and should not be systematically preferred to legal proceedings, even if it does have the advantage of being faster and less costly.

 

WIPO WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, July 25, 2019, No. D2019-1164, Einwohnergemeinde Solothurn, Verein “Region Solothurn Tourismus”, Verein “Katon Solothurn Tourismus” c/ M.A. Stenzel,

Read More

Modification of the opposition procedure in France: an increased protection for the right holders

Opposition is a crucial procedure to ensure the protection of trademarks. It is a way to solve potential disputes quickly, simply and with reasonable costs and time limits.

Following the transposition of the « Trademark reform Package » into French law, modifications were made to the opposition procedure, ensuring right holders a broader protection against the infringement of their rights.

 

The first major change is the expansion of prior rights that can serve as the basis for the opposition before the French Trademark office. So far, it has only been possible to file an opposition on the basis of a prior trademark application, a prior registered or well-known trademark in the sense of article 6bis of the Paris Convention; an appellation of origin or a protected geographical indication; the name, the reputation or the image of a territorial collectivity.

From now on, article L712-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code, modified by the ordinance of November 13, 2019, allows for the opposition of the registration of a trademark on the basis of :

 

  • a prior trademark (French, of the European Union, or international designating France or the European Union; a well-known trademark; a trademark that enjoys repute in France or, in the case of a European trademark, a reputation in the European Union, subject to certain conditions);

 

  • a company name or a corporate name if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public,

 

  • a trade name, commercial sign or a domain name, the scope of which is not only local if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public,

 

  • an appellation of origin or  a  protected    geographical indication,

 

  • the name of a territorial collectivity or the name of a public establishment for inter-municipal cooperation,

 

  • the name of a public entity if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public.

 

This new legal provision also makes it possible for the opponent to invoke, if need be, several rights to form the opposition.

The second important transformation concerns the opposition process.

As in the former procedure, the opponent has a 2 month deadline from the date of publication of the trademark application to file an opposition. However, they now have an additional month to present their observation as well as the documents necessary to prove the existence and the scope of their rights. It will be qualified, firstly, as a “formal” opposition, as in the procedure before the EUIPO, until the statement of case on the merits is filed and, secondly, in the event that the Parties have not settled their dispute amicably in the meantime.

The adversarial phase of the opposition, during which the Parties exchange documents and their arguments in writing, subsequently begins. The parties may request an oral hearing at this time. However, no new pleas or documents may be presented during the hearing.

Depending on the number of exchanges between the Parties, this first phase of investigation may last anywhere between 6 months and a year. At the end of this period, the director of the French office must render a decision within 3 months.

 

The changes made by the transposition of the European directive into French law provide greater protection for rights holders. This new procedure is more precise because it has been limited by the stipulation of short and non-extendable deadlines. Furthermore, it makes it possible to base the opposition on a larger number of prior rights, thus putting the protection of holders at the forefront of this procedure.

 

This new opposition system applies to all trademark applications filed from December 11, 2019.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world and accompany you in your opposition proceedings. Do not hesitate to contact us.

 

Read More

The blockchain offers a modern and simplified register for the traceability of your Intellectual Property rights

With the appearance of the blockchain, monitoring the life cycle of the creation of your Intellectual Property by setting a specific registration date and ensuring the traceability of its evolution is a lot simpler. Opening the account is easy, as is backing up and viewing the data embedded in it.

 

 

  • What is a blockchain ?

The Blockchain is a database (a growing list of records, called ‘blocks’) that are linked using cryptography. Each block contains a cryptographic hash of the previous block, a timestamp and transaction data.

It is a reliable and transparent registry which everyone can access and contains the history of exchanges between users. However, once recorded, the data in any given block cannot be altered retroactively without alteration of all subsequent blocks, which requires consensus of the network operators. Material can be saved on this decentralized and secure system for an unlimited period of time.

 

  • Easy monitoring of the registration cycle

The blockchain is of great practical use in the traceability of intellectual property rights.

On the one hand, it is low cost and speedy. The decrease in costs can be explained by the fact of intermediaries are bypassed. As for its speed, all you need to do is open an account and download the document that includes the data concerning creation of your Intellectual Property.

On the other hand, all the steps concerning the creation of your Intellectual Property should be recorded ; whether it is the date of the first application for registration, of the first use in trade or an assignment etc. Similarly, operations such as mergers or acquisitions are more easily recorded via the database.

 

  • Confidentiality of data

The document containing information about your creation of the Intellectual Property is not stored in the blockchain, only its digital footprint. Accordingly, it is impossible for third parties to access its content, you are the only one having access to it. You can therefore be confident that your data will be safe.

 

  • A revolution in evidence

Thanks to the blockchain, proof of creation is made easier and the procedure made faster, the Blockchain giving certainty of the time and date. It also makes it possible to trace the exploitation of digital works on the web.

Nevertheless, to acquire incontestable force of proof, it is necessary to have the evidence concerned established by a bailiff. The bailiff is able to establish an indisputable proof of origin and anteriority before a judge.

 

  • Fight against counterfeiting

The blockchain is a register which cannot be falsified, providing proof of the authenticity of the creation of your Intellectual Property and thus limiting the possibilities of counterfeiting. This system indicates who is the author of the creation and therefore is a significant piece of evidence to establish the actual date of the creation.

 

  • Fight against counterfeiting

The blockchain is a register which cannot be falsified, providing proof of the authenticity of the creation of your Intellectual Property and thus limiting the possibilities of counterfeiting. This system indicates who is the author of the creation and therefore is a significant piece of evidence to establish the actual date of the creation.

 

 

The blockchain has many advantages with regard to intellectual property rights. Whether it is security, transparency, lower cost, speed, ease of proof, confidentiality or even the certainty of authenticity : it has multiple strengths which are favourable to the protection of your creations.

With the service of the DreyfusBlockchain , we offer simple, effective and secure protection for your creations.

 

Read More

FABA/FBA Paris Fashion Law and Innovation Conference, October 4th 2019

The Federal Bar Association, in collaboration with the French American Bar Association, is organizing the 2019 Fashion Law and Innovation Conference. This event will take place on Friday, October 4 at 8:30am at the Maison du Barreau in Paris.

Programming will feature a notable group of law experts and industry representatives who will discuss recent developments and current challenges from both the French and US perspective.

Nathalie Dreyfus will speak at 9am for a conference about The Five Senses: The growth of non-traditional brands in the fashion industry.

For more information and registration, please click here.

*Note that this conference is organized in collaboration with the French American Bar Association so it will be in English.

 

 

Information 

Where: Maison du Barreau, 2 Rue de Harlay, 75001 Paris

When: October 4th, 8 :30am – 12 :30pm

Read More

The respondent has a licence on a trademark corresponding to a disputed domain name

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Centre, March 11, 2019, No. D2019-0035, Pharnext versus Wang Bo, Xiang Rong (Shanghai) Sheng Wu Ke Ji You Xian Gong Si

On numerous occasions, we have noticed that even those complainants who are represented in UDRP proceedings, could have been better informed about the nature and extent of the rights on which the respondent may rely. Detailed research is an essential prerequisite to filing a complaint, otherwise, the success of the complaint is jeopardised.

On January 7, 2019, the French company Pharnext, whose main activity is in the biopharmaceutical industry, filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the name <pharnex.com>, which had been registered by a Chinese company.

The complainant contended that it had trademark rights in PHARNEXT through ownership of its “PHARNEXT” logo protected by an international trademark since 2013 and used on its website located at www.pharnext.com.

The respondent had registered the domain name <pharnex.com> in October 2017. At the time the complaint was submitted, the disputed name connected to a website in both English and Chinese indicating that PHARNEX is a platform to help medical companies set up operations in China.

The complainant claimed that the respondent must have had the “PHARNEXT” trademark in mind when registering the domain name, because in May 2017, its partnership with Tasly, one of the most recognised pharmaceutical companies in China, had been announced. The complainant also said there is no plausible explanation for the Respondent’s registration of the Domain Name.  It also claimed to have done searches which revealed no evidence that the respondent had any right or legitimate interest in the name.

However, the respondent, Xian Rong (Shanghai), firstly, proved that it had a licence on the “PHARNEXT” trademark for financial services, and secondly pointed to its active use of the trademark since December 2017.  Although the ownership of a trademark does not automatically confer a legitimate interest or rights on the respondent, the complainant bears the burden of proof throughout the complaint.

In the present case, the expert was “convinced that the PHARNEXT trademark was registered in good faith”. She further noted that the domain name was used, before the filing of the complaint, in connection with a genuine offer of goods and services. Hence, though the domain name was confusingly similar to the complainant’s trademark, the complaint could not be accepted.

The expert stressed that “her findings are made in the limited boundaries of the UDRP; any matters outside the scope of the Policy may be handled by the parties in a relevant court of law.. Quite simply, the complainant had not proved that the disputed domain name had been registered and used in bad faith.

This decision once again highlights that it is essential to carry out research on all aspects of the proposed complaint; including the respondent and the sign from which the disputed domain name has been derived. For example, researching the “PHARNEX” sign on the Chinese databases would have made the complainant aware of the existence of the word mark “PHARNEX” on which the respondent relied.  This would have alerted the complainant to a potential weakness in its case and enabled it to consider alternative strategies. It is essential to think of every possible defense a respondent may raise and be prepared to counter any such defense.

This brief was published in the July-August 2019 issue of the French magazine “Propriété industrielle”.

Read More

Enterprise names and Trademarks in China

The Asian giant – hitherto invisible – has become one of the countries where most patent and trademark applications are filed. It is not surprising that companies from all over the world want to have a presence in China. However, several factors must be taken into account when setting up these companies’ such as the features that must be contained in their corporate names.

One of the first steps for foreign companies is to decide on a suitable name for the Chinese market. The main pieces of legislation governing this issue are the Regulations on Registration and Management of Enterprises Name and the Implementation Measures on Registration and Administration of Enterprise Names, which detail how the name of Chinese companies should be structured and what information should be included.

In China, company names must be composed, according to these regulations in a specific format, and must be composed of i) Administrative Division, ii) Trade name, iii) Industry and iv) Organizational form, except as otherwise provided by law

Other regulations restrict the content of names, prohibiting the use of content that could mislead consumers or jeopardize free competition, or injure or contradict national unity, politics, social ethics, culture, or religion. Special characters, such as Arabic numerals, foreign symbols or alphabets, are not allowed, and certain words such as “China,” “Chinese,” “national,” “State,” or “international” may only be used on rare occasions.

In certain circumstances, a company could use an enterprise name without including the administrative division. This may be by the approval by the State Council, or when the share capital value is at least CNY 50 million. Such authorization can be granted by the State Administration for Market Regulation.

It seems clear that the strongest feature in choosing a company name in China is the trade name. Similar company names can co-exist, unless exactly the same trademark has previously been registered, in which case a trade name challenge could be attempted by the trademark’s proprietor.

The JINGKE Case illustrates the conflicts that may arise between trade names and trademarks.

On November 29th, 2010, Shanghai Precision & Scientific Instrument Co., Ltd. (PI) sued Shanghai Jingxue Scientific Instrument Co., Ltd. (Jingxue) and Chengdu Kexi Complete Sets of Instruments Co., Ltd. (Kexi) in Shanghai Pudong New Area People’s Court.

Shanghai Precision & Scientific Instrument Co., Ltd. complained that the defendant maliciously registered and used plaintiff’s business name in the abbreviated form of “精科” (JINGKE in Chinese).

They said that because it is well known in the industry, as a trademark; its use by the defendants constituted acts of unfair competition causing serious prejudice to the plaintiff’s legitimate interests.

They therefore asked for injunctive and compensatory relief against the two defendants.

The defendants contended that Kexi is the owner of the registered trademark JINGKE, and that its use of the trademark is protected under the law. They also counterclaimed against plaintiff for trademark infringement in using SHANGHAI JINGKE in connection with its products and packaging.

The court found that before the mark JINGKE was applied for registration, “Shanghai Jingke” and “Jingke” had been used as abbreviated business names, attaining a degree of notoriety and becoming in effect plaintiff’s trade names, and therefore deserving protection as such.

Accordingly, the Court held:

Firstly, that the defendant Kexi,by securing the trademark registration of, and by using plaintiff’s abbreviated trade name JINGKE (already in use), and secondly, that the defendant Jingxue by using the JINGKE mark on its products via third parties by permission of defendant Kexi, both infringed plaintiff’s rights to its corporate business name, and were thus guilty of unfair competition.

The court then granted an injunction against the defendants for unfair competition, and awarded damages.

Both defendants appealed to Shanghai No.1 Intermediate People’s Court. The Court of Appeal held that abbreviated business names can be considered to be corporate names if they have gained some notoriety in the marketplace, become well-known to the relevant sectors of the public, and have in fact been used as trade names.

When others later use such well-known abbreviated business names without permission in such a way as to be likely to cause confusion in the market among relevant sections of the public Art.5, Cl. 3 of the Unfair Competition Law governing the legal protection of the corporate names shall apply. For this reason, the appeal was rejected and the judgment of the court below was confirmed.

A more recent case, which also dealt with such conflicts, arose between Chengdu Huamei and Shanghai Huamei. In 2017, Chengdu Huamei sued Shanghai Huamei, on the grounds that: (1) Shanghai Huamei had been using the trade name ‘Huamei’ without Chengdu Huamei’s authorisation, thus committing acts of unfair competition; and (2) Shanghai Huamei had infringed Chengdu Huamei’s exclusive trade mark rights by frequently and prominently using phrases such as ‘Huamei’, ‘Shanghai Huamei’, ‘Huamei Dental’ and ‘Huamei Plastics’ in their business premises. In this case, however, he decision of first instance, subsequently upheld on appeal was that:

“Merely having an identical trade name would not lead to the conclusion that Shanghai Huamei committed unfair competition or acted as a free rider. Secondly, most of the uses of ‘Huamei’ or ‘Shanghai Huamei’ for publicity purposes fell within the scope of fair use of Shanghai Huamei’s own trade name. However, when it came to the use of the signs containing ‘Huamei Dental’ ‘Huamei Plastics’ and ‘Shanghai Huamei’ that were similar to the trade marks at issue, the court found that it could easily cause confusion among members of the public and thus amounted to trade mark infringement”

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

The « Copyright in the Digital Single Market » Directive: transposition is on the way!

Protecting authors’ rights is a necessity in the digital age, as information flows more and more easily. That is why the European Commission reported in September 2017 that it was necessary to tackle illegal online content, while the French legislature has already transposed several European directives and has modified its literary and artistic property law.

In this respect, a great deal has been written by the Directive 2019/790 (EU), adopted on 26 March 2019 by the European Parliament. Among its 30 articles, we count in particular the establishment of a related right for press publishers (Article 15) and an obligation for platforms to control hosted content  (Article 17). These provisions have been fiercely debated, and have led to multiple lobbying campaigns by authors and performers, newspaper publishers, and web giants (Google, Facebook and YouTube). In the present article, we will examine the changes made by the Directive.

New exceptions to copyright

There are currently many exceptions to copyright. In that respect, the Directive introduces three new exceptions to author rights and related rights in the digital environment. These exceptions and limitations are:

– Text and data mining for the purpose of scientific research when carried out by research organisations and cultural heritage institutions. However, rightholders are allowed to put in place technical measures aimed at ensuring the security and integrity of the networks and databases where their works are hosted. They may also expressly reserve their rights “in an appropriate manner”, for instance by machine-readable means, such as a digital watermark (Articles 3 and 4);

– The use of works in digital learning activities including distance learning. States may, however, provide a fair compensation for rightholders (Article 5);

– The copying by cultural institutions, for conservation purposes, of works which are part of their permanent collections (Article 6).

French law already provides similar exceptions in the article L. 122-53°) e) 8°) and 10°) of the French Intellectual Property Code, but this is not necessarily the case for all member States.

Under both French law and the Directive, these exceptions must be strictly interpreted and require that the work has been lawfully published.. All the conditions required by law must be met in order to benefit from these exceptions without having to obtain the author’s prior consent..

Furthermore, these new dispositions do not modify existing limitations and exceptions, such as parody or short quotation, which are retained (Article 17 (7) of the Directive). However, Member States will now have to specify that reproductions of visual works of art in the public domain cannot be protected by copyright unless the reproduction itself is original enough to be protected (Article 14). In France, this clarification is a mere application of copyright: a work in the public domain is no longer protected by author rights. Consequently, it can be freely reproduced without authorization. By contrast, if the production  is original, it becomes a work on its own right and, as such, can be protected.

Licenses: out-of-commerce works, audiovisual video-on-demand works and collective management

The article 8 of the Directive authorizes collective management organisations to conclude non-exclusive licenses  for non-commercial purposes with cultural heritage institutions for exploiting (reproducing, distributing, etc.) out-of-commerce work which are in their permanent collections.

According to Article 8 (5) of the Directive, a work is out-of-commerce: “(…) when it can be presumed in good faith that the whole work or other subject matter is not available to the public through customary channels of commerce, after a reasonable effort has been made to determine whether it is available to the public.”

Such licenses do not require prior mandate from the rightholder, but the collective management organization must be sufficiently representative of rightholders. The owner may, however, exclude at any time his works from this licensing mechanism, whether this exclusion is general or specific. In addition, the moral right to authorship of the work must be respected by indicating the author’s name, “unless this turns out to be impossible” (Article 8(2)).

Therefore, there is a switch from a prior authorization regime to an implied consent regime, and this  will require greater vigilance on the part of authors and rightholders.

In France, article L. 134-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code already gives authors of out-of-commerce books the right to oppose to their exploitation.

Article 12 of the Directive provides that States may authorize collective management organizations to extend collective licenses to rightholders who have not authorized the organization to represent them.

Here again, the organization must be sufficiently representative of rightholders, and they in turn  may exclude their works at any time from this licensing mechanism.

Furthermore, article 13 of the Directive provides for a negotiation mechanism in which “an impartial body or of mediators” will be in charge, in order to assist in the conclusion of licensing agreements “making available audiovisual works on video-on-demand services”.

The related right of press publishers

Article 15 of the Directive creates a related right for newspaper publishers established in a Member State. They can now be remunerated for use of their content by information service providers, in particular news aggregators. This right is subject to strict conditions of application and does not apply to :

– Private and non-commercial uses;

– Hyperlinks;

– Use of isolated words or very short extracts of a press publication;

Works published for the first time before the Directive’s entry into force.

Moreover, this right is only granted for two years from January 1st of the year following the date on which that press publication is published.

This related right is a right of its own, and thus publishers no longer have to demonstrate they indeed own the economic rights transferred to them by the author of the work.

Part of the remuneration paid by service providers to newspaper publishers must be paid to the authors. However, the Directive does not specify how this payment must be carried out. In addition, authors can exploit their works independently of press publication.

Online content-sharing service are fully responsible (Article 17)

In France, platform operators enjoy the protective status of article 6-I-2 of the law “for confidence in the digital economy” n° 2004-575 of 21 June 2004. They are not

liable if they “promptly” remove the content at stake.

Platforms will now be liable if they communicate to the public without authorization works protected by copyright. However, they will be exempt from liability if they have:

“Made best efforts to obtain an authorization” from rightholders;

– “Made best efforts” to ensure the unavailability of the work and

– Acted “ expeditiously” to disable access to the work or remove it from their websites after receiving a « sufficiently substantiated notice” of the  rightholders.

Compliance with these requirements will be examined with regard to the type, audience, and size of the service, as well as the type of works downloaded. Article 17 (8) specifies that platforms are not subject to any general monitoring obligation, but its paragraph 4 (b) requires that they provide their “best efforts”, “in accordance with high industry standards of professional diligence”, to ensure the unavailability of protected works, which seems to be a sneaky way to require automatic content filtering.

Platforms that have been in service for less than three years, and which have an annual turnover of less than €10 million, will benefit from a less restrictive liability regime, as they will only have to make their best efforts to obtain an authorization and will have to act promptly upon receipt of a “sufficiently substantiated notice” from a right holder.

Furthermore, all platforms will be required to put in place an “effective and expeditious complaint and redress mechanism” so that users can challenge blocking or removal of a work posted online. States must also provide for alternative dispute resolution procedures.

Finally, it should be noted that authors and performers will now have to be remunerated in an “appropriate and proportionate” manner (Article 18). They must receive, at least once a year, information on the exploitation of their works (transparency obligation provided for in article 19). Contracts which are already concluded should be adapted to provide for an “additional, appropriate and fair remuneration” (article 20). Article 22 of the Directive also gives authors a right to revoke a license or a transfer of rights. These measures already exist in French law, but the Directive will harmonize European law.

The next step is the transposition of these provisions, which must be done by 21 June 2021 at the latest. France, which supports this text, should proceed with this transposition next summer. A proposal for a law on related rights with regard to press articles is already under consideration.

These developments are to be monitored…

Read More

Extension of the contract between the EURid and the European Commission: the Brexit influence

On March 29, 2019, the registry in charge of <.eu> domain names (EURid) announced the extension of its contract with the European Commission until October 12, 2022 under the Regulation (EU) 2019/517 of March 19, 2019 (“the 2019 Regulation”).

With one exception, the provisions of the 2019 Regulation will apply starting October 13, 2022, and repeal the Regulations (CE) 733/2002 and (CE) 874/2004. The exception is that the provision concerning eligibility criteria under Article 20 of the 2019 Regulation will apply from October 19, 2019. This provision allows any person holding European Union citizenship, regardless of country of residence, to register a <.eu> domain name.

The purpose of this new regulation is to adapt the rules governing the <.eu> ccTLD to the expansion of the domain names sector. In this regard, the EURid’s annual report shows a steady increase in registrations in six countries including Portugal, Ireland and Norway. Nevertheless, the uncertainty caused by Brexit led to a loss of 130,000 domain names for the 2018 period. This decrease is mainly due to the anticipation of registrants who face the impossibility of registering or renewing their <.eu> domain names in the near future.

 

This brief was published in the July-August 2019 issue of the French magazine “Propriété industrielle”.

Read More

An employee refuses to transfer domain names wrongly registered in his own name

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Centre, March 15, 2019, No. D2018-2944, Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell SAS versus Mr. Erol Topal.

This case illustrates the need for any company to define a clear policy for managing its domain names to ensure that these domain names are registered in the company’s name and remain under its control. If this is not done the company may lose some of its rights. Moreover, if an employee  registers domain names in his or her own name it could be difficult to recover these domain names.

The Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell, commonly known as the “Théâtre du Gymnase”, was registered in 1958. It is a Parisian performance hall which was classified as a historical monument in 1994.

In 2004, one of its employees registered the domain name <theatredugymnase.com> in his own name, but allegedly on behalf of the company. In addition, in 2018, he registered  four other domain names that include all or part of the company’s name: <theatre-du-gymnase.com>, <theatredugymnasemariebell.com>, <gymnasemariebell.com> and <letheatredugymnase.com>.

The day after these domain names were registered, the Théâtre du Gymnase noticed malfunctions on its official website located at www.theatredugymnase.com. No information was being displayed, not even the performances scheduled.

On October 25, 2018, the theatre fired the employee, on the grounds of his refusal to provide the codes to manage the official website. Subsequently, formal letters were sent but there was no response to these.

The Théâtre du Gymnase then filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the domain names.

The respondent, (now a former employee of the company) said that he retained the names because proceedings before the Labour Court were pending. He also claimed to have registered and managed a number of domain names for the complainant, without ever getting paid. He stated that in August 2018 an invoice of 36,000 euros was sent to the Théâtre, which acknowledged the due amount and indicated its intention to pay. However, the respondent has not received any payment because proceedings before the Labour Court were subsequently initiated.

Initially, the expert had to consider whether the complainant had trademark rights in its name, because ownership of a trademark is necessary to bring a successful complaint under UDRP.  Although the name “Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell” is not registered as a trademark, the company claimed to have rights in it, particularly due to its use as a company name, trade name and brand. The Expert therefore considered that the use of this name is such that the complainant enjoys unregistered trademark rights, (on which a complaint may be based). Therefore, the likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain names and the complainant’s prior rights could be  recognised.

Regarding the question of the respondent’s rights or legitimate interest or bad faith use of the domain names, four of the disputed domain names were registered on the eve of the malfunctions of the complainant’s web site, after which it was discovered that only the respondent had access to site management and refused to provide the complainant with the codes that would allow such access.

In addition, these four domain names pointed to what appeared to be the site of a Turkish specialty restaurant, and the other pointed to what appeared to be the official website of the Théâtre du Gymnase, but which indicated that there would be no performance whereas the new official website accessible at the address “www.theatredugymnase.paris” showed performances were ongoing.

Thus, the expert noted that the use made of the disputed domain names disrupted the claimant’s activities.

For these reasons, the transfer of the names to the Théâtre du Gymnase, was ordered without prejudice to the decision that will be made by the Labour Court.

Although this is a case of “all’s well that ends well” for the Théâtre du Gymnase matters might have gone differently.  If for example the expert had taken the view that this was a dispute over payment of an invoice legitimately incurred by the respondent in compliance with the complainant’s express wishes, the decision could have gone differently.  The existence of a clear, unambiguous domain name policy should leave no room for doubt whether an employee is acting within defined guidelines or is acting contrary to an employer’s guidelines – and therefore is clearly in bad faith. Consequently, this case reflects the importance of establishing a naming policy internally, setting clear rules and best practices for the registration and management of trademarks and domain names, in order to avoid disruption and potential asset loss.

Read More

The pseudonym: what protection?

As an Alias adopted to preserve anonymity, the pseudonym is frequently used in the public sphere for commercial purposes. This can be, for example, the pen name of an author, the identity under which a painter is known, etc.

 

French law does not provide any legal status for the pseudonym. However, it is recognized as a right of personality. As such, it enjoys an existence and legal protection.

 

When the pseudonym is intended for public use, the choice requires particular attention. Therefore there are limits established by law which must be respected. Thus, the pseudonym chosen must not violate public order or morality. The existence of prior rights, such as a registered trademark or prior use of the same pseudonym by another individual, is also a limiting factor.

 

In addition, Article L. 711-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code states that a sign may not be adopted as a trademark if it infringes an earlier right. These earlier rights include the personality rights of another person, particularly his surname, pseudonym or likeness.

 

The pseudonym may not only constitute an earlier blocking right for a trademark but may also be registered as a trademark. This has two consequences:

 

the need to check whether the pseudonym infringes apreviously existing pseudonym used commercially

 

A pseudonym used in the private sphere raises few problems in practice. The same applies if it is used for a limited period of time. If it is not intended for commercial use, it is not necessary to check the existence of any previous use by a third party.

 

the protection of a pseudonym may be increased if it is registered as a trademark

 

Registering a pseudonym as a trademark provides better protection. This registration also leads to its becoming an intellectual property asset in its own right and therefore increases its value. This provides security for the user of the pseudonym as well as for his business partners. It is then easier to carry out commercial operations using this pseudonym (assignment contracts, licensing, marketing operations, etc.)

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the registering of your trademarks in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Generic trademarks: good practices to avoid ‘genericide’

Protecting intellectual property assets is a major concern of companies. Trademarks are a subject of immediate interest, because they allow consumers to associate products and/or services with a specific company. The company is therefore more easily recognized and is more likely to see customers buy its products.

 

Once a trademark has been duly registered, a company can start to exploit it.  That is when we must be most vigilant. Indeed, a trademark may lose its distinctiveness after its registration, by becoming a generic trademark.

 

What is a generic trademark?

 

Put simply, a generic trademark is one that has become “The common name in trade for a product or service” One of the main criteria for the validity of a trademark is its distinctiveness (Article L. 711-2 of the French Intellectual Property Code). Under the article L. 714-6 of the French Intellectual Property Code, a generic trademark is devoid of distinctiveness because it has become “The common name in trade for a product or service”.

 

In other words, a generic trademark is a trademark that has become a common term for a type of product or service. It is used by both consumers and competitors of the trademark to refer to the product or service no matter by whom it has been provided. As a victim of its success, the trademark no longer enables consumers to identify products and services as coming from the company concerned. It falls therefore into the public domain.

 

As such, the company that created the trademark loses its exclusive right of exploitation. It will no longer be able to oppose the use of its trademark by third parties who seek to use it as the descriptive or ‘generic’ name of the product or service for which it has become famous. This is called genericide of a trademark.

 

Under the aforementioned article L. 714-6, an action for revocation or cancellation for genericide of a trademark that became generic requires two conditions:

– the trademark must have become the common name of the product or service;

– such use must be caused by the trademark owner, namely mostly his inaction.

 

Hence, the need for a company to act effectively against any use of its trademark as a generic term. If the owner acts effectively against any generic use, the trademark will continue to be protected by law.

 

Good practices to prevent a trademark from becoming generic

 

Acting before any commercialization, is the most effective way to prevent a trademark from becoming generic. It is also advisable not to misuse the trademark later on.

 

If you have created a totally new product or seek to become a brand leader in a new market, it is imperative to create – or use -a term to designate the new product, as there is a strong risk of confusion between the trademark and the product. For example, Apple’s trademark is iPhone, and the product to which it is applied is a “smartphone”.  Similarly, if a generic term exists but is particularly complex, it is useful to provide a simpler term, where your trademark is the market leader. It is also recommended to use the term defined in this way in agreements with third parties (e.g. letter of commitment, coexistence agreement, etc.).

 

In addition, the trademark must be used correctly in all circumstances, both externally and internally.

 

The use of the trademark must be particularly monitored during advertising campaigns. The trademark should be distinguished from the surrounding text promoting the marketed product or service by placing it in BLOCK LETTERS or, by Capitalising the first letter.

Using the trademark as a noun makes it more likely to be confused as the generic name. This practice should be discarded in favour of using it as an adjective. For example; “a Kleenex handkerchief” rather than “a Kleenex”.

Another good practice is to use the ® symbol or the ™ symbol. Although the latter have no legal value in France unlike in the United States, their use on the market is common. Promoting the trademark as an asset belonging to the company discouraging its use as a common term.

 

A trademark becomes generic mainly because of its misuse by the public. This misuse is not necessarily the result of an intend to harm. As such, it is recommended to carry out advertising campaigns aimed at consumers promoting correct use in order to avoid misuse. Preparing written standards defining the correct use of the trademark that can be easily distributed to third parties (licensees, consumers, etc.) also participates to this public education.

Avoiding misuse of the trademark also requires protection against abusive use of the trademark by third parties. It is therefore necessary to monitor product and service descriptions for new trademark applications and press publications mentioning the trademark.

 

Finally, because a trademark may be declared generic as a result of the owner’s actions or lack of action, it is in the company’s best interest to ensure that it can prove that it has taken steps to avoid the trademark becoming generic. In this respect, marketing files (advertising costs, unsolicited mentions in the press, etc.), letters of formal notice, summonses or even court decisions are all evidence to be kept.

 

In short, a potentially generic trademark remains protectable under trademark law if its owner has enforced actions against its misuse and gathered supporting evidences to prove that extent.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

FAQ

What is a generic trademark?
A trademark that, through being used as a common name to designate a product or service, loses its distinctive function and falls into the public domain.

Can a trademark be protected against genericide?
Yes, by monitoring its use, educating the public and distributors, and ensuring it is always perceived as a trademark and not as a common name.

Can a generic trademark be recovered?
No, once a trademark has become generic and lost its legal protection, it is very difficult — if not impossible — to recover it as a registered trademark.

Read More